Document:

Sublease, dated May 16, 2003, between the Registrant and CMP Media LLC.

 EXHIBIT 10.7 
  
 AGREEMENT OF SUBLEASE 
  

AGREEMENT OF SUBLEASE made as of the 16th day of May, 2003, between CMP MEDIA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an address at 600
Community Drive, Manhasset, NY 11030 (“Sublandlord”), and PRN Corporation, a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at 201 Third Street, 7th Floor, San Francisco, California 94103 (“Subtenant”) (the
“Sublease”). 
  
 W I T N E S S E T H:

  
 WHEREAS, pursuant to a certain Lease dated May 31, 1990
(the “Lease”), as amended by a certain First Addendum to Lease, dated April 23, 1993 (the “Addendum”) and a certain First Amendment to Lease, dated May 4, 1998 (the “First Amendment”) (the Lease,
the Addendum and the First Amendment together referred to as the “Master Lease”) between PELL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, successor-in-interest to 600 HARRISON, as landlord (“Master Landlord”), and MILLER FREEMAN,
INC., Sublandlord’s predecessor-in-interest, as tenant, a copy of which Master Lease is annexed hereto as Exhibit A and which Subtenant acknowledges having received and reviewed prior to the execution of this sublease, Sublandlord does
presently lease and hire certain premises (the “Lease Premises”) in the building (the “Building”) known as 600 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA; and 
  
 WHEREAS, Subtenant desires to sublet and hire from Sublandlord, a portion of the Lease Premises, constituting (1) the entire
fourth (4th) floor of the Building (which Sublandlord and Subtenant conclusively agree contains 40,428 rentable square feet), except for a one square foot telephone closet hereon, as more particularly shown on Exhibit B annexed hereto and (ii) a
portion of the first (1st) floor of the Building (which Sublandlord and Subtenant conclusively agree contains 5,415 rentable square feet), as more particularly shown on Exhibit C annexed hereto (the first and fourth floor space as shown on Exhibits
B and C being hereinafter referred to as the “Premises”) and Sublandlord is willing to sublet the Premises to Subtenant at the rental and additional rental and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. 
  
 NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree as follows:

  
 1. Grant of Sublease. 
  
 (a) Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby hires from
Sublandlord the Premises, for a term (the “Term”) to commence on the earlier of: (i) the date that is thirty (30) days following the date upon which the Subtenant Improvements are Substantially Completed (as those terms are defined
in Exhibit E) or (ii) the date upon which Subtenant actually occupies and conducts business in any portion of the Premises, (the “Commencement Date”), and to expire on February 13, 2011 (the “Expiration Date”, both
dates inclusive, unless such Term is sooner terminated pursuant to the provisions hereof. 
  
 (b) Upon execution of this Sublease and the Master Landlord Consent (as set forth in Section 22 herein) through the Commencement Date (the “Preliminary 
  

 1 

 Occupancy Period”), Subtenant shall be allowed to occupy the 6,700 rentable square foot suite located on the
northeast comer of the 5th floor of the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit D annexed hereto (the
“Swing Space”), subject to’ the following conditions: (i) such occupancy shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Sublease, except the obligation to pay Fixed Rent or a proportionate share of Operating Expenses or
Project Taxes; (ii) Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord the Insurance Certificate(s) required pursuant to Section 15 herein prior to occupancy; (iii) Subtenant shall not place more than 20 persons in the Swing Space during the Preliminary
Occupancy Period; (v) Subtenant shall pay any Additional Rent for overtime or other extra services requested by and provided to Subtenant; and (v) in the event that Sublandlord enters into a sublease agreement with a third party to sublease the
Swing Space to such third party which either commences during the Preliminary Occupancy Period or otherwise necessitates Sublandlord repossessing the particular space prior to the end of the Preliminary Occupancy Period (e.g., to construct tenant
improvements for any such new subtenant), Sublandlord shall have the right, on thirty (30) days advance written notice, to relocate Subtenant to alternative premises that can accommodate at least 15 persons. 
  
 (c) Subtenant hereby acknowledges, confirms, covenants and agrees that
Subtenant does not have any right, option or privilege, pursuant to this Sublease or otherwise, to hire, let or sublet from Sublandlord (i) any portion of the Lease Premises other than the Premises, and only for the term hereinabove set forth in
this Article 1 and upon all of the other terms and conditions set forth in this Sublease, or (ii) any other space which Sublandlord may from time to time hire from Master Landlord or any other lessor or otherwise. 
  
 (d) Within ten (10) days after request by Sublandlord, Subtenant shall
execute and deliver to Sublandlord a certificate confirming the Commencement Date. In no event shall Sublandlord’s failure to request any such certificate or Subtenant’s failure or refusal to execute any such certificate in any way affect
this Sublease, the term hereof or any of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder including, without limitation, Subtenant’s obligation to pay the rent herein reserved and to perform all of the other covenants and agreements herein set forth.

  
 2. Fixed Rent. 
  
 (a) Commencing as of the Commencement Date (as defined above), Subtenant
shall pay base rent (“Fixed Rent”) in the amount of $922,813.50 per annum, payable in advance in equal monthly installments of $76,901.13. Subtenant agrees to pay the Fixed Rent to Sublandlord as provided in this Paragraph (a) of
Article 2 at the office of Sublandlord above stated or at such other place or to such other person or party as Sublandlord may designate in writing, without notice or demand and without any abatement, set-off or reduction whatsoever, except as
expressly provided in this Sublease. The first installment of Fixed Rent shall be paid on the execution hereof, which shall be applied to the Fixed Rent due for the calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurs and, if the Commencement Date
occurs on a day other than the first day of such calendar month, the remaining amount of such installment shall be applied toward the Fixed Rent due for the second calendar month following the Commencement Date. Subsequent monthly installments of
Fixed Rent will be due on the first day of the second calendar month following the Commencement Date (to the extent not covered by the payment of the first installment as set forth in the previous sentence) and on the first day of each subsequent
calendar month throughout the Term. 
  
 (b) If the Commencement
Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or the Expiration Date occurs on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the Fixed Rent for such calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days in
said month that fall within the Term of this Sublease. 
  

 2 

 3. Additional Rent, Late Charges, etc. 
  
 (a) In addition to the Fixed Rent, as of the Commencement Date, Subtenant
shall pay to Sublandlord during the Term, additional rent (“Additional Rent”) as follows, which Additional Rent shall be payable to Sublandlord within ten (10) days after demand therefor: (i) commencing with calendar year 2005,
Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of the positive difference between (a) the amount that is payable by Sublandlord to Master Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 20 of the Master Lease for Project Taxes and Operating Expenses for the calendar year 2004
and (b) the amount that is payable by Sublandlord to Master Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 20 of the Master Lease for actual Project Taxes and actual Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term subsequent to calendar year 2004; and
(ii) all amounts payable by Sublandlord to Master Landlord in respect of the Premises for any other sums or charges pursuant to the provisions of the Master Lease for overtime or other extra services requested by and provided to Subtenant.
Notwithstanding any other term in this Sublease, and notwithstanding the terms of Paragraph 20(e)(2) of the Master Lease, for purposes of the foregoing calculation, in determining what is payable by Sublandlord to Master Landlord pursuant to
Paragraph 20 of the Master Lease for Operating Expenses for any calendar year, the cost of any unamortized capital expense shall only be included as an Operating Expense payable by Sublandlord to Master Landlord (i) if the total Operating Expense
increase in a given year is 5% or less, or, (i) if the total Operating Expense increase in a given year exceeds 5%, the amount of such capital expense that is included shall be limited to the greater of the amortized cost (amortized over the useful
life of such capital expense) together with interest thereon at the rate of 10% per annum, or $20,000 per year. Sublandlord shall have the same remedies for a default in payment of Additional Rent as for a default in payment of Fixed Rent. If the
Term ends on a date that is not the first day of a month, Additional Rent shall be prorated as of such date. “Subtenant’s Proportionate Share” shall equal a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which shall be
the number of rentable square feet comprising the Premises, and the denominator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet comprising the Lease Premises from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease. As of the date hereof,
Subtenant’s Proportionate Share is 22.391%, which is based on the Lease Premises comprising 204,734 rentable square feet and the Premises comprising 45,843 rentable square feet Sublandlord will deliver a copy of the statement it receives each
year from Master Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 20(c) of the Master Lease respecting Project Taxes and Operating Expenses. Project Taxes and Operating Expenses are calculated, for any year during which the Project is not fully occupied, as If the
Project were ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during the entire calendar year in question, pursuant to the Master Lease. 
  
 (b) Any installment of Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or other charges not paid within five (5) days after it is due and payable shall bear interest from the
date it becomes due until it is paid at an annual rate equal to three (3%) percent over the prime lending rate then being charged by The Chase Manhattan Bank, but not in excess of the highest rate permitted by law, and such amount(s) shall be deemed
to be Additional Rent hereunder. Nothing contained in this paragraph is intended to grant Subtenant any extension of time in respect of the due dates for any payments under this Sublease, nor shall same be construed to be a limitation of or a
substitution for any other rights, remedies and privileges of Sublandlord under this Sublease or otherwise. 
  
 (c) Subtenant’s unfulfilled obligation to pay Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and any other charges hereunder shall survive the expiration or sooner
termination of this Sublease. Any charges payable in addition to the Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent specified above shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder. 
  

 3 

 4. Use. The Premises shall be used for general and administrative offices by Subtenant, (including
editing for video and audio programming), and for no other purpose. 
  
 5. Subordination. This Sublease is subject and subordinate to (i) the Master Lease, (ii) all ground and underlying leases and to all mortgages ‘which may now or hereafter affect such leases, the Premises or the property of which
the Premises are a part, (iii) all modifications, extensions, consolidations, replacements, or amendments of any such leases and mortgages and (iv) any and all other matters to which the Master Lease is or becomes subordinate to. This clause shall
be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required by any ground or underlying lessor or by any mortgagee, affecting any lease or the property, of which the Premises are a part. However, in confirmation of such
subordination, Subtenant shall promptly execute any certificate that Sublandlord may request. Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that Sublandlord has not encumbered the Master Lease with any such lease or mortgage. 
  
 6. Lease Performance. 
  
 (a) Except to the extent expressly excluded from the terms of this Sublease
pursuant to Article 27(r) hereof, Subtenant hereby assumes performance of and agrees to perform all of the terms, obligations, covenants and conditions on the part of Sublandlord, as tenant, to be kept, observed and performed under the Master Lease
during the term of this Sublease, in respect of the Premises (and areas ancillary thereto), and Subtenant agrees to indemnify and hold Sublandlord and Master Landlord harmless from and against all liabilities, claims, costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys’ fees) relating to or arising out of Subtenant’s performance of (or failure to perform) all of such terms, obligations, covenants and conditions. Subtenant hereby waives each and every right waived by Sublandlord, as
tenant, under the Master Lease. In addition to the foregoing and except as otherwise herein expressly set forth (and except to the extent expressly excluded from the terms of this Sublease pursuant to Article 27(r) hereof), Subtenant covenants and
agrees that Subtenant will keep, observe and perform any act, obligation, condition or covenant to be kept, observed and performed by Sublandlord, as tenant under the Master Lease, within a time period which (i) in the event the time period set
forth in the Master Lease to do the same is less than or equal to fifteen (15) days, then within a time period which is three (3) days’ shorter than the time period set forth in the Master Lease (provided if the time period allowed in the
Master Lease is shorter than three (3) days, then within two (2) days instead), and (ii) otherwise, within a time period which is five (5) days’ shorter than the time period set forth in the Master Lease for Sublandlord, as tenant thereunder,
to perform, keep and observe such act, obligation, condition or covenant; provided, however, that in no event shall Subtenant cause a default to occur under the Master Lease. It is expressly noted, acknowledged and confirmed by Subtenant that a
breach, default or failure to observe, perform or otherwise comply with all or any of the obligations, covenants, conditions, rules and regulations in this Sublease or the Master Lease on Subtenant’s part to be observed, performed or complied
with shall be and be deemed to be a violation by Subtenant of a substantial obligation of the tenancy created by this Sublease entitling Sublandlord, after the passage of any applicable notice and cure period(s), to pursue any and all rights,
remedies and privileges provided under this Sublease and the Master Lease or at law, in equity, or otherwise, including, without limitation, the right to terminate said tenancy and recover possession of the Premises. 
  
 (b) If there is any inconsistency between the provisions of the Master Lease
and the express provisions of this Sublease, the provisions of this Sublease shall govern. 
  

 4 

 7. Services. 
  
 (a) Subtenant shall be entitled to receive with respect to the Premises any services and repairs to be supplied under the
Master Lease by Master Landlord. The foregoing notwithstanding, Sublandlord shall have no obligation to supply any such services or repairs, and Subtenant shall not look to Sublandlord to provide same. If Master Landlord fails or refuses to comply
with any of the provisions of the Master Lease that affects the Premises or Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease during the Term hereof, Sublandlord, upon request of Subtenant, shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts (without thereby
being required to commence any action or proceeding, expend any monies or incur any expenses unless Subtenant reimburses Sublandlord therefor) to cause Master Landlord to so comply. However, Sublandlord shall not be liable to Subtenant, and
Subtenant’s obligations hereunder shall not be impaired nor the performance thereof be excused, because of any failure or delay by Master Landlord in performing such obligations under the Master Lease (or because of Sublandlord in any way
failing to enforce such obligations, except as required in this Paragraph 7) as affecting Subtenant’s occupancy of the Premises. Sublandlord agrees to forward to Master Landlord each notice that Subtenant delivers to Sublandlord advising of any
default by Master Landlord under the Master Lease relating to Subtenant’s occupancy of the Premises. 
  
 (b) Subtenant shall direct all requests for services and repairs to the Sublandlord. If Subtenant shall request any services or repairs for which a charge
is imposed under the Master Lease, Subtenant shall pay the full amount of such charge as Additional Rent to Sublandlord pursuant to the terms of Paragraph (b) of Article 3 of this Sublease. 
  
 8. Rights and Remedies. Sublandlord shall have all of the same rights,
privileges and remedies with respect to a default beyond any applicable notice and cure period under this Sublease by Subtenant as Master Landlord has with respect to a default by Sublandlord, as tenant, under the Master Lease, with the same force
and effect as if such rights, privileges and remedies were fully set forth herein at length, and Sublandlord shall have, with respect to Subtenant, this Sublease and the Premises, all of the rights, powers, privileges, immunities and remedies as are
reserved by or granted to Master Landlord under the Master Lease as if the same were fully set forth herein at length; such rights, powers, privileges, immunities and remedies shall be in addition to all of those available to Sublandlord at law, in
equity or otherwise. Sublandlord shall not be responsible for any breach of the Master Lease by Master Landlord or any nonperformance or noncompliance with any provision thereof by Master Landlord regardless of the alleged cause thereof. 

 
 9. Acceptance of Premises. Subject to Sublandlord’s obligation
to improve the Premises as set forth in Article 12, Subtenant confirms, represents and agrees that it has thoroughly inspected the Premises, is fully acquainted and satisfied with their condition and agrees to accept the Premises on the Commencement
Date “as is,” subject to any and all defects therein, latent or otherwise. Subtenant acknowledges that no representations with respect to the physical condition or state of repair thereof, or with respect to any fixtures or personal
property therein contained, have been made to it. It is agreed that, except as set forth in Article 12 below, in no event shall Sublandlord have any obligation or be required to do any work or make any installation, repair or alteration of any kind
in, to or at the Premises in order to prepare same for occupancy by Subtenant or otherwise. Further, the taking of possession of the Premises or any portion thereof by Subtenant shall be conclusive evidence that same are in satisfactory condition at
the time such possession is so taken. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Subtenant shall not be obligated to cure any violations existing as of the Commencement Date of local, state or federal law or regulation. 

 

 5 

 10. Delivery of Possession. If Sublandlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to
Subtenant on or before October 20, 2003, for any reason whatsoever (unless due to Subtenant Delay or Force Majeure, as defined in Exhibit E), Sublandlord shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession on said date and the
validity of this Sublease shall not be impaired under such circumstances, nor shall the same be construed in any way to extend the term of this Sublease; provided, however, that (a) Subtenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent or Additional Rent
due hereunder shall not commence until such date after October 20, 2003 that Sublandlord delivers the Premises to Subtenant in the condition required by this Sublease (unless Subtenant actually occupies and conducts business from the Premises prior
to such date); and (b) in the event that Sublandlord does not deliver the Premises to Subtenant, in the condition required in this Sublease, on or before October 20, 2003, or such later date as may be extended by Subtenant Delay or Force Majeure
Delay (as set forth in Exhibit E hereto), Subtenant shall receive a rent credit in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) one-half the holdover rent in excess of the rent PRN paid during the term of its current lease that PRN actually pays to its
current landlord; and (ii) $1,300 per day, for the period of time commencing on October 21, 2003, or such later date as may be extended by Subtenant Delay or Force Majeure Delay (as set forth in Exhibit E hereto) through either the Commencement,
Date or the date Subtenant terminates this Sublease pursuant to its termination right set forth in this Paragraph 10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Subtenant Improvements have not been Substantially Completed (as defined in Exhibit E) by
Sublandlord by April 21, 2004, or such later date as may be extended by Subtenant Delay or Force Majeure Delay (as defined in Exhibit E hereto), (the “Drop Dead Date”‘), Subtenant may, as Subtenant’s sole remedy, terminate this
Sublease upon written notice thereof to Sublandlord within the 2-week period following the Drop Dead Date, provided that the Subtenant Improvements have not been substantially completed by the time such notice is given by Subtenant. In the event of
such termination, any Security Deposit and prepaid Fixed Rent shall be promptly repaid to Subtenant, and, if applicable, the Escrow Amount returned in its entirety to Subtenant in accordance with Paragraph 5.f. of Exhibit E. 
  
 11. Lease Termination. If the Master Lease is terminated for any
reason other than Sublandlord’s default thereof, whether by operation of law or otherwise, Sublandlord shall not be responsible for such termination; provided, however, that Sublandlord agrees, as long as Subtenant is not in default hereunder
beyond any applicable notice and cure period, not to voluntarily surrender or cancel the Master Lease (except by reason of condemnation or casualty in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease) or agree to amend or modify the Master Lease in a
way that would decrease the term, increase the rent, create new indemnities or other liabilities that would be passed through to Subtenant or make it more likely Sublandlord would default under the Master Lease or Sublease without the prior written
consent of Subtenant, unless such surrender, cancellation or modification is subordinate to or preserves Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease. Sublandlord agrees not to do or permit to be done any act or thing or neglect to take any action
which act or neglect causes the rights of Subtenant, under this Sublease, to be cancelled, forfeited or surrendered. 
  
 12. Alterations. 
  
 (a) Sublandlord shall construct and complete the Subtenant Improvements set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto. 
  
 (b) All other tenant improvement work shall be at Subtenant’s sole cost
and expense. Subtenant shall not perform and/or make any alterations, additions, improvements or installations (collectively, the “Alterations”) of any kind or nature in or to the Premises without in each instance obtaining the
prior written consent of Sublandlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided that Master Landlord has consented 
  

 6 

 thereto) and of Master Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of Sublandlord to such alterations shall not
be required as long as (i) such alterations will not make it more difficult for Sublandlord to perform any necessary repairs or otherwise use Sublandlord’s premises; and (ii) the Master Landlord has consented to such alterations, and has agreed
in advance that the alterations do not need to be removed by Sublandlord at the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. Subtenant shall not be required to remove the Subtenant Improvements or any tenant improvements made to the Premises
as of the date hereof, nor shall Subtenant be required to remove any Alterations made by Subtenant during the Term of this Sublease if, at the time consent for such Alteration is requested, Subtenant requests in writing, and Master Landlord and
Sublandlord agree in writing, that such Alteration does not need to be removed at the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. Sublandlord agrees not to unreasonably disapprove Subtenant’s request that any such Alteration need not be
removed at the expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease, provided that Master Landlord has agreed in writing that neither Sublandlord nor Subtenant need remove such Alteration, and the non-removal of such Alteration will not result in
material expense or inconvenience to Sublandlord in removing any other alterations to the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Master Lease. 
  

(c) In accordance with Article I, Subtenant shall have the right to access and occupy the Premises for thirty (30) days after the Subtenant
Improvements have been Substantially Completed (commencing on the date on which the Subtenant Improvements are Substantially Completed) for the purpose of installing its furniture, fixtures, equipment and cabling in the Premises, provided that such
installation is subject to the terms of the Sublease (with the exception of the obligation to pay Fixed or Additional Rent), Master Landlord’s prior written approval as required thereunder and in a manner, upon terms and conditions and at times
satisfactory to Master Landlord to the extent required under the Master Lease. Such early occupancy is conditioned upon the compliance by Subtenant’s contractors with all requirements imposed by the Master Lease on third party contractors,
including without limitation the maintenance by Subtenant and its contractors and subcontractors of workers’ compensation, public liability and property damage insurance and broad form builders’ risk insurance in amounts, with companies
and on forms that comply with the terms of the Master Lease, with certificates of such insurance being furnished to Sublandlord prior to proceeding with any such entry. Subtenant shall also cause its contractors and subcontractors to post surety
bonds, if applicable under Article 6(a)(vi) of the First Amendment. The entry shall be deemed to be under all of the provisions of this Sublease except as to the covenants to pay Fixed Rent, Operating Expenses and Taxes. Subtenant shall be
responsible for any Master Landlord charges relating to such installation. Neither Sublandlord nor Master Landlord shall be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any such work being performed by Subtenant, the same
being solely at Subtenant’s risk, unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord. In no event shall the failure of Subtenant’s contractors to complete any work in the Premises extend the Commencement Date.

  
 13. Assignment/Subletting. 
  
 (a) Subtenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors,
administrators, legal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this Sublease, nor sublet, or suffer or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by
others, without the prior written consent of Sublandlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed beyond ten (10) business days after the date Master Landlord gives its written consent thereto, provided that Master Landlord has
consented thereto) and Master Landlord and without complying with all of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease in each instance. If this Sublease be assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by 
  

 7 

 anybody other than Subtenant, Sublandlord may, after default by Subtenant, collect. rent from the assignee, sub-Subtenant
or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the assignee, sub-Subtenant or occupant as
Subtenant, or a release of Subtenant from the further performance by Subtenant of any of the covenants on the part of Subtenant herein contained. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, provided that Master Landlord has consented
to the transfer and transferee has the financial ability to perform its obligations under the assignment or sublease, Sublandlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent to a sublease or assignment of this Sublease. The consent by
Sublandlord to an assignment or underletting shall not in any wise be construed to relieve Subtenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Sublandlord to any further assignment or underletting. 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Subtenant may assign
this Sublease or sublet or permit occupation of all or a portion of the Premises without the consent of Sublandlord to any company which is the parent company of Subtenant, or which is a subsidiary or affiliate of Subtenant or which is an affiliate
of Subtenant whose management is controlled by, and of which at least fifty percent (50%) of the ownership interest therein is owned by, Subtenant, provided that: (i) the net worth of such assignee or sublessee is at least equal to or greater than
the net worth of Subtenant as of the date of this Sublease or the date of such assignment or subletting, whichever is greater (in no event shall the foregoing net worth requirement apply to the mere occupation of the Premises by a parent, subsidiary
or affiliate of Subtenant, even if deemed an assignment by operation of law, provided that the net worth of such parent, subsidiary or affiliate shall be sufficient to fulfill its obligations as Subtenant under this Sublease but only to the extent
it has assumed any such obligations under the Sublease; provided that such occupation or assignment by operation of law is not merely a subterfuge to avoid the consent and other requirements of this Article 13), (ii) Subtenant shall provide
Sublandlord with written notice at the time such assignment or subletting occurs, which notice shall be accompanied by copies of the assignment or subletting documents, as relevant, (iii) neither such assignment’ nor such subletting shall
release Subtenant from any of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder, and (v) such assignment, occupation or subletting shall otherwise be on all of the terms and conditions of this Sublease. 
  
 (c) If Subtenant assigns this Sublease or sublets all or a portion of the
Premises for a base rent in excess of the Fixed Rent due hereunder (based on a per square foot basis, in the case of a subletting of less than all of the Premises), then Subtenant shall promptly pay over to Sublandlord, as and when such base rent is
paid to Subtenant, fifty percent (50%) of the amount of such excess base rent, after Subtenant has deducted any costs Subtenant has incurred in connection with such assignment or sub-subletting for brokerage commissions (not in excess of prevailing
rates), reasonable tenant improvement costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. 
  
 14. Lease Charges. If Sublandlord shall be charged, by reason of Subtenant’s acts or omissions, for any sums pursuant to the provisions of the Master Lease, Subtenant shall be liable for such sums, such
sums shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be collectible as such, and be payable by Subtenant within ten (10) days following demand by Sublandlord therefor. 
  
 15. Additional Services. If Subtenant procures any additional services from Sublandlord or Master Landlord with
respect to the Premises or otherwise, Subtenant shall pay all charges for such services, as and when due, directly to the party entitled thereto or to Sublandlord, if Subtenant is directed to do so by Master Landlord. No such services shall be
obtained in violation of the Master Lease. 
  

 8 

 16. Insurance. Without in any way limiting any of Subtenant’s covenants, obligations and
agreements contained in this Sublease (including, but not limited to, Article 18(b) hereof), Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby release each other (which term as used in this Article shall include the released party’s employees, agents, partners,
officers, shareholders and directors) from all liability, whether for negligence or otherwise, in connection with all losses covered by any insurance policies which the releasing party carries with respect to the Premises, or any interest or
property therein or thereon (whether or not such insurance is required to be carried under this Sublease), to the extent that such loss is collectible under such insurance policies. Nothing contained in this Sublease shall relieve Sublandlord or
Subtenant from liability that may exist as a result of damage from fire or other casualty to the extent not collectible under such an insurance policy, but each party shall look first to any insurance in its favor before making any claim against the
other party for recovery for loss or damage resulting from fire or other casualty. To the extent that such insurance is in force and collectible and to the extent permitted by law, Sublandlord and Subtenant each hereby releases and waives all right
of recovery against the other or anyone claiming through or under the other by way of subrogation or otherwise. 
  
 In furtherance of Subtenant’s obligations under this Article and this Sublease (but not in limitation thereof) Subtenant covenants and agrees, at its
sole cost and expense, to carry and maintain in force from and after the date of this Sublease and throughout the term hereof (i) worker’s compensation and other required statutory forms of insurance, in statutory limits, and (ii) commercial
general liability insurance, which shall be written on an occurrence basis, naming Sublandlord, Master Landlord, and its managing agent as additional insureds, in limits of not less than $3,000,000.00 combined single limit for bodily injury and
property damage liability in any one occurrence, protecting the aforementioned parties from all such claims for bodily or personal injury or death or property damage occurring in or about the Premises and its appurtenances. All insurance required to
be maintained by Subtenant shall be carried with a company or companies acceptable to Sublandlord and rated “A/VIl” by Best Insurance Guide, licensed to do business in the State of California, shall be written for terms of not less than
one year, and shall be considered primary without right of contribution of Sublessor’s policies, and Subtenant shall furnish Sublandlord and Master Landlord (and any other parties required to be designated as insureds or additional insureds
under any such policies) with certificates evidencing the maintenance of such insurance and the payment of the premiums therefor, and with renewals thereof at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policy. Such policy or policies
shall also provide that it or they shall not be cancelled or materially altered without giving Sublandlord and Master Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof, sent to Sublandlord by registered mail at their respective
addresses to which notices are required to be sent hereunder. Upon Subtenant’s default in obtaining or delivering any such policy or policies for failure to pay the premiums therefor, Sublandlord may (but shall not be obligated to) secure or
pay the premium for any such policy or policies and charge Subtenant as Additional Rent therefor the cost of such premiums. On or prior to the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall obtain a waiver of subrogation provision in its applicable insurance
policies for the benefit of Sublandlord and Master Landlord. 
  
 The provisions of this Article 16 are in addition to and not in limitation of the insurance requirements set forth in Paragraph 9 of the Lease and Paragraphs 6(a)(vi) and 8 of the First Amendment. 
  
 17. Electricity. If Master Landlord requires that the parties install
a direct meter measuring the electricity consumed by any of the supplemental HVAC, electrical or other equipment installed by Subtenant, Subtenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, install such a meter and shall pay all electric charges measured
by such meter for such supplemental HVAC, 
  

 9 

 electrical or other equipment directly to the public utility company supplying electricity to the Premises (or, in the
event that Sublandlord is billed for those charges, Subtenant will reimburse Sublandlord therefore). In no event shall Sublandlord have the right to independently require installation of such separate meter(s). To the extent that general office
electricity usage becomes separately metered and separately billable, then a credit for said usage will be agreed to by the parties and Sublandlord will issue a credit against Rent, in the agreed upon amount, to Subtenant. 
  
 (b) Subtenant shall be responsible for the repair and maintenance of, or any
costs therefor, the supplemental HVAC and other equipment in the Premises being installed on its behalf as part of the Subtenant Improvements. Subtenant shall also be responsible for the repair and maintenance of or costs therefor, the supplemental
HVAC equipment installed in the Premises by Sublandlord prior to the date hereof (the “Existing HVAC Equipment”); provided, however, that Sublandlord will be responsible for the cost of repairing and/or replacing the Existing HVAC
Equipment, in Sublandlord’s reasonable discretion, for a period of two (2) years from the Commencement Date should such Existing HVAC Equipment require repair or replacement for reasons other than the negligence or willful misconduct of
Subtenant, or its agents or employees, provided further that, during such two (2) year period, Subtenant enters into and maintains a maintenance contract to cover such Existing HVAC Equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,
Sublandlord represents and warrants that, as of the Commencement Date, the Existing HVAC Equipment is in good operating condition and repair. 
  
 (c) The parties agree to utilize the services of Master Landlord’s designated vendors in connection with the construction, maintenance and repair of
any supplemental HVAC and the maintenance and repair of electrical equipment and other systems. 
  
 (d) Sublandlord shall not in any way be liable or responsible to Subtenant for any loss, damage or expense which Subtenant may sustain or incur if either
the quantity or character of electric service to the Premises is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Subtenant’s requirements except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord. Subtenant covenants
and agrees that at no time shall its use of electric current exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the building of which the Premises form a part or the risers or wiring installations therein. Subtenant shall make no alterations or additions to
the electric equipment and/or appliances without the prior written consent of Sublandlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld provided that Master Landlord has consented thereto, and of Master Landlord (where, in the case of the latter, such
consent is required under the Master Lease) in each instance. The provisions of this Article 17 are in addition to and not in limitation of the electricity requirements set forth in the Master Lease. 
  
 18. Indemnification. 
  
 (a) Subtenant shall neither do, permit nor suffer anything to be done which
would cause the Master Lease to be terminated or forfeited or which would give rise to any right of termination or forfeiture provided by law or reserved or vested in Master Landlord under the Master Lease. 
  
 (b) In furtherance of all of Subtenant’s obligations under this
Sublease, Subtenant shall indemnify and hold Sublandlord and Master Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, judgments, damages, liabilities or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, of any nature whatsoever
arising out of or resulting from (i) any death or injuries to person or damage to property occurring in, on or about the Premises, 
  

 10 

 (ii) any breach or default on the part of Subtenant by reason of which Sublandlord or Master Landlord shall suffer any
loss whatsoever, (iii) any work done by Subtenant or its employees, agents or contractors in or to the Premises, (iv) any act, omission or negligence on the part of Subtenant or its employees, agents, representatives or invitees, or (v) any other
matter or thing arising out of Subtenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Subtenant shall not be required to indemnify any person (an “Indemnitee”)
against the Indemnitee’s own negligence or willful misconduct. In case Sublandlord or Master Landlord shall be made a party to any litigation commenced against Subtenant, Subtenant shall protect and hold Sublandlord and Master Landlord forever
harmless and shall pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred or paid by Sublandlord or Master Landlord in connection with such litigation. 
  
 (c) The forfeiture of the Master Lease, by reason of the default of Subtenant hereunder shall not subject Sublandlord to any
liability to or claim by Subtenant. 
  
 (d) Subtenant represents
and warrants that it has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Sublease and to perform the terms and conditions hereof. 
  
 (e) Subtenant represents that it has read and is familiar with the terms of the Master Lease. 
  
 The provisions of this Article 18 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this
Sublease. 
  
 19. Broker. Subtenant and Sublandlord each
represents, warrants and confirms to the other that Grubb & Ellis and HCM Commercial Properties (collectively, the “Brokers’) are the sole and only brokers with whom it has dealt in respect of this Sublease or the Premises. Subtenant
and Sublandlord each agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless of, from and against any and all costs, expenses and liability (including legal expenses) arising from any claim for brokerage commission made by any party, other than the Brokers,
claiming to act for or on behalf of it or to have dealt with it or its employees, agents or representatives in connection with this transaction. As, if and when this Sublease shall be mutually executed and delivered by Sublandlord and Subtenant and
Sublandlord has obtained the Consent of Master Landlord to this Sublease, Sublandlord agrees to pay any commission that may be due the Brokers in connection with this Sublease in accordance with a separate agreement(s) between Sublandlord and the
Brokers. The provisions of this Article 19 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. 
  
 20. Security Deposit. 
  
 (a) Upon the execution hereof, Subtenant shall deposit with Sublandlord the sum of $230,703.39 as security for the full, faithful and punctual
performance, observance and satisfaction by Subtenant of all its covenants and obligations hereunder. Sublandlord may use any part of such security to cure any default by Subtenant and any expenses arising therefrom, including, but not limited to
any damages or rent deficiency before or after reentry by Sublandlord. Subtenant shall, within five (5) business days after demand, deposit with Sublandlord the full amount so used, in order that Sublandlord shall have the full security on hand at
all times during the term of this Sublease. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to pay interest on the Security Deposit and, except as set forth in subparagraph (d) below, shall have the right to commingle the same with Sublandlord’s other
funds. Sublandlord shall return any unused portion of the Security Deposit in the custody of Sublandlord to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date, after first deducting 
  

 11 

 and/or claiming any sums owing to Sublandlord; provided that, with respect to the Segregated Security Deposit (as
hereinafter defined), the provisions of subparagraph (d) below shall govern. 
  
 (b) Provided that Subtenant is not then in default hereunder, and has not at any time during the term hereof been in monetary default of this Sublease beyond the applicable cure period, even if waived, then upon
written request by Subtenant, the amount of security on deposit with Sublandlord under this Sublease may be reduced by $76,901.13 (the “Security Reduction Amount”) on or after the second anniversary of the Commencement Date and by a
like amount on or after the third anniversary of the Commencement Date (each such date of reduction, a “Security Reduction Date”). In no event shall the amount of the Security Deposit be reduced below $76,901.13. 
  
 (c) Sublandlord shall on each Security Reduction Date to withdraw the
Security Reduction Amount from the Security Deposit and to retain such funds that shall be deemed to be payment by Subtenant of the Fixed Rent allocable to the month in which such Security Reduction Date occurs. 
  
 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease, Subtenant
shall, at all times, be permitted to deposit one of the three months of rent to be provided as the security deposit (the “Segregated Security Deposit”, in the amount of $76,901.13) with the Master Landlord, who shall have no
obligation to pay interest on the Segregated Security Deposit and who shall have the right to commingle the same with Master Landlord’s other funds.). Sublandlord shall have access to the Segregated Security Deposit in accordance with the
provisions of Paragraph 20(a) through (c) (only after use of the unsegregated portion of the Security Deposit, if any), and Master Landlord will be authorized to make the Segregated Security Deposit available on demand to Sublandlord to remedy
Subtenant’s breach of the Sublease without an obligation to independently verify Subtenant’s default; provided that, in the event the Master Lease terminates and the nondisturbance agreement between Master Landlord and Subtenant in the
Consent becomes effective so that Subtenant attorns to the Master Landlord, the Segregated Security Deposit shall be transferred to Master Landlord as a security deposit in accordance therewith. The Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord in lieu of
interest on the Segregated Security Deposit, an annual sum of Two Thousand ($2,000) Dollars, payable in equal monthly installments of $166.67, on or about the first day of each month, along with the Fixed Rent. Within thirty (30) days after the
Expiration Date, Sublandlord shall ask Master Landlord to return the unused portion of the Segregated Security Deposit to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date, after first deducting and/or claiming any sums owing to
Sublandlord; provided that Subtenant shall hold Sublandlord harmless in the event that the Master Landlord fails to so return the Segregated Security Deposit. 
  

21. Surrender of Premises. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this Sublease, Subtenant shall quit and surrender the
Premises to Sublandlord, in the manner and condition prescribed therefor in the Master Lease, and Subtenant shall not hold-over in possession, or make any application to so hold-over, for any reason whatsoever. If the Premises are not surrendered
and vacated as and at the time required by this Sublease (time being of the essence), Subtenant shall be liable to Sublandlord for (a) all losses and damages which Sublandlord may incur or sustain by reason thereof, including, without limitation,
reasonable attorneys’ fees and any direct, consequential or punitive damages for which Sublandlord may be liable, and Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord against all claims made by any succeeding subtenants or by Master Landlord against
Sublandlord or otherwise arising out of or resulting from the failure of Subtenant timely to surrender and vacate the 
  

 12 

 Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease, and (b) per diem use and occupancy in respect of the
Premises equal to two times the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder for the last month of the term of this Sublease (which amount Sublandlord and Subtenant presently agree is the minimum to which Sublandlord would be entitled and is
presently contemplated by them as being fair and reasonable under such circumstances and not a penalty). In no event shall any provision hereof or otherwise be construed as permitting Subtenant to hold over in possession of the Premises after
expiration or termination of the term hereof, and no acceptance by Sublandlord of payments from Subtenant after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the Term shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount to be paid by Subtenant
in accordance with the provisions of this Article 22. All of Subtenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Sublease. 
  
 22. Master Landlord Consent. This Sublease is executed and delivered
by the parties hereto subject to obtaining the written consent of Master Landlord as required under the Master Lease. This Sublease shall be of no force and effect if the consent (the “Consent”) of Master Landlord and a non-disturbance
agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G or otherwise in a form reasonably acceptable to Subtenant, is not received by Sublandlord within 30 days following the date of execution and delivery of this Sublease by Sublandlord,
as such date may be extended from time to time by written agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant (the “Consent Period”). Subtenant agrees to supply such information as Master Landlord may reasonably require in connection with the
Consent and in order to induce Master Landlord to execute the Consent If the Consent shall not be obtained through no fault of Subtenant, all sums paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord hereunder shall be returned. Nothing herein contained or otherwise
shall be deemed to be a waiver of any of Sublandlord’s rights under Article 21 hereof in the event that there occurs a hold-over in possession by Subtenant beyond the expiration of the Consent Period. 
  
 23. Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication which either
party may give to the other hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally against a signed receipt therefor, by nationally recognized overnight delivery service or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as
follows: 
  
 If to the Sublandlord: 
  
 CMP Media LLC 
 600 Community Drive 
 Manhasset New York
11030 
 Attention: Director of Facilities 
  
 With a copy sent to: 
  
 CMP Media LLC 
 600 Community Drive

 Manhasset New York 11030 
 Attention: Associate General Counsel 
  
 If to the
Subtenant: 
  
 Pre-Commencement Date: 
 PRN Corporation 
 201 Third Street, 7th
Floor 
 San Francisco, California 94103 
 Attention: Art Songey 
  

 13 

 Post-Commencement Date: 
  
 PRN Corporation 
 600 Harrison Street 
 San Francisco, California 
 Attention: Art Songey 
  
 With a
copy to: 
  
 Pillsbury Winthrop LIP 
 2550 Hanover Street 
 Palo Alto, CA 94304

 Attn: Stanley F. Pierson 
  
 If to the Master Landlord: 
  
 Pell Development Company 
 100 Smith Ranch
Road, Suite 325 
 San Rafael, CA 94903 
 Attention: Karen S. Pell 
  
 Each such notice, demand or other
communication shall be deemed given on the date of mailing of same if mailed as aforesaid, or when actually received if delivered by hand. Either party may, by notice in writing, direct that further notices, demands or other communications be sent
to a different address. Refusal of delivery shall be deemed delivery. 
  
 24. Estoppel. At any time and from time to time within seven (7) days after written demand therefor, Subtenant agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Sublandlord, without charge, a written instrument addressed to Sublandlord
(and/or such other persons or parties as Sublandlord shall require), (a) certifying that this Sublease has not been modified and is in full force and effect or, if there has been a modification of this Sublease, that this Sublease is in full force
and effect as modified, stating such modifications, (b) specifying the dates to which Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges payable hereunder have been paid, (c) stating whether or not, to the knowledge of Subtenant, Sublandlord is in
default and, if Sublandlord is in default, stating each particular in which Subtenant alleges that Sublandlord is in default and (d) such other items with respect to this Sublease as Sublandlord reasonably requests. 
  
 25. Parking. Sublandlord will allocate up to twenty-three (23) of its
designated parking allocation, as provided in the Master Lease; however, Subtenant shall contract directly with the operator of the Building parking facility for those parking spaces it requires and shall separately pay all parking fees directly to
the parking facility. The rate for parking will be whatever the parking facility charges, which is subject to change from time to time. 
  
 26. Miscellaneous. 
  
 (a) The failure of Sublandlord or Subtenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant or condition of
this Sublease or the Master Lease or to exercise any right or remedy herein contained in any one or more instance shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of any such terms, covenants, conditions or remedies, but the same
shall be and remain in full force and effect. Further, no payment by Subtenant or receipt by Sublandlord of a lesser amount than 
  

 14 

 the correct amount of rental due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account, nor shall any
endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed to effect or evidence any accord and satisfaction, and Sublandlord may accept any checks or payments as made without prejudice to Sublandlord’s
rights to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy in this Sublease or otherwise provided at law or in equity. 
  
 (b) All prior understandings and agreements between the parties are merged within this Sublease, which alone fully and completely sets forth the
understanding of the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof; and this Sublease may not be changed or modified orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change or
modification is sought, or by appropriate legal proceedings. Subtenant agrees that in executing this Sublease, it has not relied on any statement, representations, covenants or warranties made by Sublandlord or anyone acting on behalf of Sublandlord
or Master Landlord. 
  
 (c) Except as otherwise herein
specifically set forth, the covenants and agreements herein contained shall bind and inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Subtenant, and their respective permitted successors and assigns. 
  
 (d) Whenever the terms and conditions of the Master Lease require the consent of Master Landlord, it shall be construed to
require the consent of both Master Landlord and Sublandlord. In the event that Sublandlord withholds its consent to any matter as a result of Master Landlord having withheld its consent, where required, Sublandlord’s failure to give consent
shall be deemed to have been reasonable. 
  
 (e) Sublandlord and
Subtenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other relating to or arising out of this Sublease or Subtenant’s occupancy of the Premises. It is further agreed
that If Sublandlord commences any summary proceeding for possession of the Premises, Subtenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description (other than a compulsory counterclaim which under law cannot be raised in a separate
action) in any such proceeding. 
  
 (f) The term
“Sublandlord” as used in this Sublease means only the Sublandlord under this Sublease for the time being so that in the event of any sale or sales or assignment or assignments of Sublandlord’s interest in the Master Lease, Sublandlord
shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of the Sublandlord hereunder accruing after such transfer and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors in
interest, or between the parties and the transferee, at any such sale, assignment or transfer of Subtenant’s interest in the Master Lease, that the transferee has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of the
Sublandlord hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless and until Sublandlord transfers the Security Deposit, together with interest thereon, if any, Sublandlord will remain liable to Subtenant for such Security Deposit and interest, if any.

  
 (g) It is agreed that, in no event and under no circumstances,
shall any officer, director, partner, employee, agent, guest, licensee, invitee or principal (disclosed or undisclosed) of Sublandlord have any personal liability or monetary or other obligation of any kind under or pursuant to this Sublease.

  
 (h) Neither the submission of this Sublease form to Subtenant
nor the execution of this Sublease by Subtenant shall constitute an offer by Sublandlord to Subtenant 
  

 15 

 to lease the space herein described as the Premises or otherwise. This Sublease shall not be or become binding upon
Sublandlord to any extent or for any purpose unless and until it is executed by Sublandlord and a fully executed copy thereof is delivered to Subtenant or Subtenant’s counsel. 
  
 (i) If any of the provisions of this Sublease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall, to any
extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Sublease, or the application of such provision or provisions to persons or circumstances other than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected
thereby, and every provision of this Sublease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. 
  
 (j) This Sublease shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law principles
thereof. 
  
 (k) Without incurring any liability to Subtenant,
Sublandlord may permit access to the Premises and open same, whether or not Subtenant shall be present, upon demand of any receiver, trustee, assignee for the benefit of creditors, sheriff, marshal or court officer entitled to, or reasonably
purporting to be entitled to, such access for the purpose of taking possession of, or removing, Subtenant’s property or for any other lawful purpose (but this provision and any action by Sublandlord hereunder shall not be deemed a recognition
by Sublandlord that the person or official making such demand has any right or interest in or to this Sublease, or in or to the Premises), or upon demand of any representative of the fire, police, building, sanitation or other department of the
city, state or federal governments. 
  
 (l) Subtenant agrees that
its sole remedies in cases where it disputes Sublandlord’s reasonableness in exercising its judgment or withholding or conditioning its consent or approval (as applicable) pursuant to a specific provision of this Sublease, or any rider or
separate agreement relating to this Sublease, if any, shall be those in the nature of an injunction, declaratory judgment, or specific performance, the rights to money damages or other remedies being hereby specifically waived. Sublandlord’s
approval will in no event be deemed unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed if Master Landlord fails to approve or conditions or delays approval of any matter required to be approved by Master Landlord under the Master Lease. 
  
 (m) During the Term, Subtenant shall promptly furnish Sublandlord with a copy
of each notice that Subtenant receives from the Master Landlord with respect to the Premises. 
  
 (n) The Article headings of this Sublease are for convenience only and are not to be given any effect whatsoever in construing this Sublease. 
  
 (o) All bills, invoices or statement rendered to Subtenant pursuant to the terms of this Sublease shall be deemed binding
upon Subtenant and determined by Subtenant to be correct in all respects if, within one hundred eighty (180) days after its receipt of same, Subtenant fails to notify Sublandlord, in writing, that it disputes such bill, invoice or statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Subtenant disputes any amount with Master Landlord, which is subsequently reduced, Subtenant will be entitled to the benefit of such reduction as well. 
  
 (p) Subtenant shall not record this Sublease or any memorandum thereof and
any attempt to do so shall be and be deemed a material default by Subtenant hereunder. 
  

 16 

 (q) In addition to Fixed Rent, all other payments required to be made by Subtenant hereunder shall be
deemed to be Additional Rent, whether or not the same shall be designated as such, and in the event of the non-payment thereof, Sublandlord (in addition to and not in limitation of its other rights and remedies, whether herein reserved or as may be
provided by law or in equity) shall have all of the rights and remedies in respect thereof as are herein or otherwise provided in the case of the non-payment of Fixed Rent. 
  
 (r) The terms, covenants and conditions of the Master Lease are incorporated herein by reference so that, except to the
extent that they are specifically excluded from this Sublease, are inapplicable or are modified by the provisions of this Sublease, for the purpose of incorporation by reference each and every term, covenant and condition of the Master Lease binding
or inuring to the benefit of the landlord thereunder shall be, in respect of this Sublease, bind or inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, and each and every term, covenant and condition of the Master Lease binding or inuring to the benefit of the
tenant thereunder shall, in respect of this Sublease, bind or inure to the benefit of Subtenant, with the same force and effect as if such terms, covenants and conditions were completely set forth in this Sublease, and as if the words
“Landlord” and “Tenant”, or words of similar import, wherever the same appear in the Master Lease, were construed to mean, respectively “Sublandlord” and “Subtenant” in this Sublease, and as if the words
“Premises”, or words of similar import, wherever the same appear in the Master Lease were construed to mean “Premises” in this Sublease, and as if the word “Master Lease”, or words of similar import, wherever the same
appear in the Master Lease, were construed to mean this Sublease. Notwithstanding anything in this Sublease to the contrary, the following provisions of the Master Lease shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this Sublease: Paragraphs 1, 2, 3,
20(e)(3) (first sentence only), 31, 32, 39, 42, 43, 44 and 45 of the Lease, the First Addendum, and Paragraphs 1, 2 (reference to the commencement date being as of February 15, 1991 only), 3, 4, 6(e), 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 and 19 and Sections
48 (except as otherwise set forth below), 49 and 50 of Paragraph 21 of the First Amendment. 
  
 (s) Subject to and to the extent permitted by the Master Lease, Subtenant may upon the prior approval of Master Landlord, list Subtenant’s name and those of its officers and employees in the Building’s
directory, but in no event shall Subtenant’s listings exceed 22.391% of the number of listings in the Building’s directory permitted to Sublandlord under the Master Lease. 
  
 (t) Sublandlord and its contractors shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice (which may be oral), to enter into
the Premises to perform work relating to the Premises if required in order to satisfy Sublandlord’s obligations pursuant to the Master Lease, to inspect the Premises and Subtenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder and to access
the telephone closet on the fourth floor of the Building. In exercising its rights under this paragraph, Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of Subtenant’s business in the Premises, but Sublandlord
shall not be required to utilize employ overtime labor or pay overtime wages in connection therewith. 
  
 (u) Each and every right and remedy of Sublandlord under this Sublease shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy herein
contained or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise. 
  
 (v) This Sublease and all of the obligations of Subtenant to pay rental and perform all of its other covenants and agreements hereunder shall in no way be affected, impaired, delayed or excused because Sublandlord or
Master Landlord are unable to fulfill any of their respective obligations hereunder or under the Master Lease, either explicit or implicit, if 
  

 17 

 Sublandlord or Master Landlord are prevented or delayed form so doing by reason of strikes or cause or trouble or by
accident, adjustment of insurance or any cause whatsoever reasonably beyond Sublandlord’s or Master Landlord’s control. 
  
 (w) Subtenant shall have the right to install up to four (4) satellite dishes (the “Roof installations”) on the roof of the Building, of the
type specified in Exhibit F hereto, provided that: (i) such Roof Installations are approved in writing in advance by Master Landlord (ii) such Roof Installations are installed in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease, including Section 48
thereof, and (iii) Subtenant removes all such Roof Installations, at Subtenant’s sole expense, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease and repairs all damage to the Building caused by such removal. Future additional roof
satellite dishes shall be subject to Sublandlord’s approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld, and the requirements stated above in (i) through (iii). The parties agree that they will cooperate with one another with regard to the future
placement of equipment on the roof to ensure minimum disruption to the other party’s reasonable placement of such equipment. 
  
 (x) Sublandlord shall, at Sublandlord’s expense, provide Subtenant with 100 access cards, 10% of which Sublandlord will make available when the Swing
Space becomes available, and the balance on the Commencement Date. Subtenant shall have the right to a reasonable number of additional access cards to accommodate new employees and any such additional access cards, including without limitation
access cards that must be provided to Subtenant due to existing cards being lost, destroyed or stolen, shall be provided to Subtenant by Sublandlord, at Subtenant’s expense. 
  

 18 

 (y) This Sublease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile signatures on this Sublease shall be binding with the same force and effect as original signatures. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Sublease as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 SUBLANDLORD:

	
	 CMP MEDIA LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ John Day

	 	 	 Name: John Day

	 	 	 Title: Executive Vice President/CFO

	
	 SUBTENANT:

	
	 PRN CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Arthur J. Songey

	 	 	 Arthur J. Songey

	 	 	 Title: Chief Financial Officer

  
  

 19 

 Exhibit A 
  
 LEASE 
  
 [See Attached] 
  

 1. 

 FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE 
  
 This First Amendment to Lease (the “Amendment”), dated for reference purposes only May 4, 1998, is entered into by
and between 600 Harrison, a California corporation (“Landlord”); and Miller Freeman, Inc., a Delaware corporation (successor by merger to Miller Freeman Publications, Inc.) (“Tenant”), with reference to that certain Agreement of
Lease between Landlord and Tenant dated May 31, 1990 for premises located at 600 Harrison Street, San Francisco, California, as modified by that certain First Addendum to Lease dated April 23, 1993 (the “Lease”). Capitalized terms and
other terms defined in the Lease that are used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Lease, unless otherwise indicated. Parenthetical references to Paragraph numbers in the captions for each Paragraph of this Amendment refer to the
applicable Paragraph in the Lease. 
  
 Landlord and Tenant wish to
increase the size of the premises and, in connection therewith to amend various terms and conditions of the Lease, all as more fully set forth herein. Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein,
the Lease is hereby amended as follows. 
  
 1. Premises
(Paragraph 1). Paragraph 1 of the Lease is amended by adding the following provision thereto: 
  
 (a) Expansion of Premises. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the premises currently consist of 96,046 rentable square feet located on the first,
third and fourth floors of the building as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (hereinafter, the “existing premises”). The premises shall be expanded by 108,688 rentable square feet to a
total of 204,734 rentable square feet as hereinafter provided. The additional 108,688 rentable square feet (hereinafter, the “expansion premises’) currently is leased to other tenants pursuant to leases that have various expiration dates
(hereinafter, the “other leases”), and consists of the space shown on Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. As each of the other leases expires, or is earlier terminated, and the tenant thereunder
surrenders possession of the premises to Landlord in the condition required under the other lease (or in such other condition as Landlord or Tenant accepts, it being understood and agreed that Landlord or Tenant may accept such premises in a
condition other than that required under the other Lease (such as, by way of example, without improvements installed by the tenant under the other lease having been removed); provided, however, that regardless of whether Tenant wishes to accept such
premises in a condition other than that required under the other lease, Landlord shall not be required to do so if such action might reasonably expose Landlord to liability to the tenant under the other lease (such as, by way of example, if property
of the tenant under the other lease remains on the premises and has not been abandoned by that tenant)), the portion of the expansion premises that was subject to the other lease shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant in broom-clean condition and
free of all personal property and, upon such delivery, shall become a part of the premises and be leased to Tenant on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease; provided, however, the Landlord shall give Tenant not less than thirty (30)
days advance written notice of the anticipated delivery of each portion of the expansion premises (the “Delivery Notice”), and delivery shall not occur any sooner than the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, provided further that if
the portion of the expansion premises would be delivered more than thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled expiration date of the other lease for such portion of the expansion premises (as specified in Exhibit C (as hereinafter described)), then
Landlord shall give Tenant not less than ninety (90) days’ advance written notice of the anticipated delivery of the portion of the expansion premises in question in Landlord’s Delivery Notice, and delivery shall not occur any sooner than
the expiration of such ninety (90) day period. In addition, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, 

 Tenant shall not be required to accept delivery of any portion of the expansion premises that is not delivered to Tenant
prior to two (2) years after the scheduled expiration date (as such expiration date may be extended pursuant to any option to extend) for the other lease of the portion of the expansion premises in question (as specified in Exhibit C) (the
“Delivery Deadline”). If Tenant declines to accept delivery of a portion of the expansion premises that Landlord tenders to Tenant after the Delivery Deadline, such space shall no longer be subject to the provisions contained in this
Amendment and Landlord shall be free to lease such space to a third party. Upon (or following) delivery of the expansion premises to Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a memorandum (the “expansion memorandum”) confirming (i) the
date upon which the portion of the expansion premises in question was delivered to Tenant, (ii) the amount of rentable square feet included in the portion of the expansion premises delivered to Tenant, (iii) the revised amount of rentable square
feet included in the premises by reason of the addition thereto of the portion of the expansion premises delivered to Tenant, (iv) the revised amount of rent that will be payable to Landlord based on the rent provisions set forth in Paragraph 3 of
this Amendment (subject to the deferral of Tenant’s obligation to commence paying such rent as set forth in Paragraph 3), and (v) the adjustment to Tenant’s Share based on the addition to the premises of the portion of the expansion
premises delivered to Tenant; provided, however, that the expansion memorandum is for confirmation purposes only and a failure to execute (or delay in executing) the expansion memorandum shall not negate or alter the date on which the portion of the
expansion premises delivered to Tenant becomes part of the premises and the consequent adjustments to the size of the premises, the rent payable by Tenant, and the Tenant’s Share. Attached hereto as Exhibit C and incorporated herein by
reference is a schedule of the other leases, the rentable square feet leased pursuant to each other lease, the expiration date of each other lease, and information regarding the extension option(s), if any, contained in each other lease. Landlord
and Tenant agree that the amount of rentable square feet set forth in Exhibit C accurately sets forth the rentable square feet contained in the expansion premises, and each portion thereof, and, accordingly, shall be used in determining the increase
in the rentable square feet of the premises upon delivery of each portion of the expansion premises to Tenant (and the consequent adjustments to the rent payable by Tenant and Tenant’s Share), and shall not be subject to revision. Landlord
represents and warrants that the expiration dates for the other leases set forth in Exhibit C are correct; provided, however, that nothing contained therein (or herein) shall be construed to alter Landlord’s obligation to deliver a portion of
the expansion premises to Tenant only at such time as the other lease in question has expired, or been earlier terminated, the portion of the expansion premises covered by the other lease has been surrendered to Landlord in the condition required
under the other lease (or in such other condition as Landlord or Tenant accepts (subject to the caveat regarding such acceptance set forth above)), and the time period specified in Landlord’s Delivery Notice has elapsed; nor shall any failure
by Landlord to deliver any portion of the expansion premises to Tenant by a particular date subject Landlord to any liability whatsoever thererfor or affect the validity of, or Tenant’s obligations under, the Lease and/or this Amendment, or
extend the term of the Lease beyond the expiration date set forth in Paragraph 2 below (provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be obligated to pay rent or perform its other obligations under this Lease with respect to a portion of the
expansion premises until such portion of the expansion premises has been delivered to Tenant and with respect to monthly base rent, the one hundred twenty (120) day period referenced in Paragraphs 3(a) and 3(b) of this Amendment ha expired), it
being understood and agreed by Tenant that Tenant’s only remedy for Landlord’s failure to deliver any portion of the expansion premises by a particular date is that Tenant will not be required to accept delivery of ay portion of the
expansion premises not delivered by the Delivery Deadline. Landlord agrees: (I) that it will not extend the term of an other lease that covers a portion of the expansion premises beyond the expiration date currently set forth in such other lease
(other than pursuant to an existing option, if any, to extend such expiration date contained in such other lease); (II) that in the event a tenant under an other lees cover a portion of the 
  

 2 

 expansion premises holds over beyond the expiration of such other lease, Landlord shall promptly undertake appropriate
legal action to recover possession of the portion of the expansion premises in question, including without limitation initiating an unlawful detainer action against the tenant under the other lease for the portion of the expansion premises in
question, and shall keep Tenant apprised, on a regular basis, of the status of any such legal action; and (III) that Landlord shall notify Tenant promptly of the exercise by a tenant under a lease covering a portion of the expansion premises of an
option to extend the term of the lease (or the expiration of the option without it being exercised by the tenant under such lease). 
  
 (b) Condition of Expansion Premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees: (i) that it has been a tenant of the Project since 1991 and is generally
familiar with, and has satisfied itself with respect to, the condition of the Project (including, without limitation, the Project’s mechanical, plumbing, electrical and fire sprinkler systems and security); (ii) that Tenant has made such
investigations as it deems necessary or appropriate regarding the Project (including, without limitation, the expansion premises) with regard to the matters specified in subpart (i) above and the Project’s environmental condition and compliance
with applicable laws, and to otherwise satisfy itself that the premises (including, without limitation, the expansion premises) are suitable for Tenant’s intended use; (iii) that neither Landlord, nor any of Landlord’s agents, has made any
oral or written representations or warranties regarding the Project (including, without limitation, the expansion premises) other than as expressly set forth in this Amendment; (iv) that other than (I) Landlord’s obligation to upgrade one (1)
time, at Landlord’s expense, any currently existing restrooms located within the existing premises and the expansion premises to comply with the then applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act as required by the government
agency having jurisdiction (any such upgrade, if required, to be performed by Landlord at the time Tenant is constructing its initial (but not any subsequent) Alterations (as hereinafter defined) in the portion of the existing premises or expansion
premises, as the case may be, containing any such restrooms(s)), (II) Landlord’s obligation to perform, at Landlord’s expense, at the time Tenant is constructing its initial (but not any subsequent) Alterations in the existing premises and
in any portion or portions of the expansion premises delivered to Tenant, such work, if any, as may be required by the government agency having jurisdiction to keep the common areas of the Project (meaning the building entrances, lobbies, elevators,
parking garage and other public areas of the Project) in compliance with then applicable building code requirements (provided, however, that Landlord’s obligation pursuant to this subpart (II) shall exist only with respect to such compliance
work, if any, as is required by reason of the approval of plans for Tenant’s Alterations that are approved by the City of San Francisco Building Department prior to June 30, 2002 (the “Approval Deadline”), provided further that the
Approval Deadline for any portion of the expansion premises delivered to tenant more than sixty (60) days after the lease expiration date specified in Exhibit C for such portion of the expansion premises shall be the later of June 30, 2002 or the
date that is one (1) year after the delivery to Tenant of such portion of the expansion premises), and (III) Landlord’s obligation to provide Landlord’s Tenant Improvement Funds (as defined in Paragraph 6(e) below), neither Landlord, nor
any of Landlord’s agents, has agreed to undertake (and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide) any improvements or other alterations (including, without limitation, any tenant improvements) or provide any funds in connection with the
delivery and/or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the expansion premises; and (v) that anything in the Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, including without limitation Paragraph 6 thereof (but subject to Landlord’s obligations under clauses
(I), (II) and (III) of subpart (iv) of this provision), Landlord shall deliver the expansion premises, and each portion thereof, and Tenant shall accept same, in AS IS condition and repair as of the date of delivery thereof to Tenant. The foregoing
notwithstanding, Landlord shall continue to be obligated to comply with Landlord’s obligations under the second paragraph of Paragraph 6 of the Lease. 
  

 3 

 2. Term (Paragraph 2). Paragraph 2 of the Lease is amended by replacing it, in its entierty, with
the following provision: 
  
 The term of the Lease, which
commenced on or about February 15, 1991 and is continuing, is hereby extended and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, the term shall end on February 14, 2011. 
  
 3. Rent (Paragraph 3). Paragraph 3 of the Lease is amended by adding
the following provision thereto: 
  
 Anything in the rent
schedules contained in Paragraph 3 of the Lease (and Paragraph 2 of the First Addendum to Lease) to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall pay monthly base rent in accordance with the following provisions: 
  
 (a) Period Prior to February 15, 2001. For the period from the date of this
Amendment through February 14, 2001 monthly base rent shall consist of: (i) per month for the existing premises (consisting of 96,046 rentable square feet); plus (ii) for any portion of the expansion premises delivered to Tenant during this period,
additional monthly base rent calculated on the basis of per rentable square foot per annum; provided, however, the obligation to pay such additional monthly base rent for any such portion of the expansion premises shall not commence until one
hundred-twenty (120) days after the date on which the portion of the expansion premises in question is delivered by Landlord to Tenant. The foregoing notwithstanding, (I) Tenant shall not be required to pay the monthly base rent otherwise payable
hereunder for the month of June 1998, and (II) the monthly base rent payable by Tenant for the month of July 1998 shall be provided, however, this provision shall not limit or alter Tenant’s other payment obligations under the Lease for the
months of June and July, 1998, or otherwise. 
  
 (b) Period
Subsequent to February !5, 2001. For the period from February 15, 2001 through February 14, 2011 (the expiration of the term of the Lease), monthly base rent for all space which is part of the premises (including the existing premises and any
portion of the expansion premises that has been delivered to Tenant) shall equal the amount calculated on the basis of the following rates per rentable square foot (provided, however, that for any portion of the expansion premises delivered to
Tenant, the obligation to pay additional monthly base rent for that portion of the expansion premises shall not commence until on hundred-twenty (120) days after the date on which that portion of the expansion premises is delivered by Landlord to
Tenant): 
  

					
	(i)	 	 From 2/15/2001 through
 2/14/2003
	 	 per rentable square foot per
 annum

	(ii)	 	 From 2/15/2003 through
 2/14/2006
	 	 per rentable square foot per
 annum

	(iii)	 	 From 2/15/2006 through
 2/14/2011
	 	 per rentable square foot per
 annum

  
 (c) Examples of
Rent Payable and Related Adjustments.. By way of example of the provisions contained in Paragraphs 1 and 3 of this Amendment: (i) If Landlord delivers 10,000 rentable square feet of the expansion premises to Tenant on January 1, 1999, (a)
effective as of January 1, 1999, the premises shall consist of 106,046 rentable square feet (and Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted to ), (b) the foregoing notwithstanding, from January 1, 1999 through April 30, 1999, subject to Paragraph 3(e)
below, Tenant shall continue to pay in monthly base rent and to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes on the basis of Tenant’s Share as it existed immediately prior to the date of delivery of 
  

 4 

 the portion of the expansion premises in question (i.e., a Tenant’s Share of 44%), and (c) as of May 1, 1999
Tenant’s monthly base rent shall be increased by (10,000 rentable square feet x = to a total of per month and Tenant also shall commence paying Tenant’s Share of all Operating Expenses and Taxes on the basis of Tenant’s adjusted
Tenant’s Share (i.e., ); and (ii) if Landlord thereafter delivers another 20,000 rentable square feet to Tenant on January 1, 2002, (a) effective as of January 1, 2002 the premises shall consist of 126,046 rentable square feet (and
Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted to, (b) the foregoing notwithstanding, from January 1, 2002 through April 30, 2002, subject to Paragraph 3(e) below, Tenant shall continue to pay in monthly base rent (based on the then effective rate of per
rentable square foot for 106,046 rentable square feet) and to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes on the basis of Tenant’s Share as it existed immediately prior to the date of delivery of the portion of the expansion
premises in question (i.e., a Tenant’s share of and (c) as of May 1, 2002 Tenant’s monthly base rent shall be increased by (20,000 rentable square feet x to a total of per month and Tenant also shall commence paying Tenant’s Share of
all Operating Expenses and Taxes on the basis of Tenant’s adjusted Tenant’s Share. 
  
 (d) Miscellaneous. Tenant understands and agrees: (i) that the rent concession described above for the one hundred twenty (120) day period following delivery of a portion of the expansion premises is applicable
only to the base rent and additional rent payable with respect to the portion of the expansion premises delivered, and that, except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 3(e) below, during said one hundred twenty (120) day period Tenant shall continue
to pay all base rent and additional rent Tenant was paying immediately prior to delivery of the portion of the expansion premises delivered to Tenant; (ii) that other than the deferral for the one hundred twenty (120) day period specified herein of
Tenant’s obligation to commence paying base rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes on the basis of the adjusted Tenant’s Share, all of Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Lease with respect to the
portion of the expansion premises delivered to Tenant shall commence as of the date that any such portion of the expansion premises is delivered to Tenant, and (iii) that for the months of February 2001, February 2003 and February 2006 the monthly
base rent payable by Tenant shall be calculated by blending the two per rentable square foot rates applicable to these months as indicated in the schedule in subparagraph (b) above. 
  
 (e) Additional Rent Concession. Anything in this Paragraph 3 to the contrary notwithstanding, commencing with the
monthly base rent payable for the calendar month next occurring after Landlord has delivered a portion of the expansion premises to Tenant (as provided in Paragraph 1(a)), the monthly base rent payable for such next succeeding calendar month (and
for the calendar month(s) immediately following if the reduction in monthly base rent provided for herein has not been fully applied) shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of the rentable square feet contained in the portion of the
expansion premises delivered to Tenant multiplied by $2.56, such reductions in the monthly base rent payable by Tenant to continue (on a periodic basis as portions of the expansion premises are delivered to Tenant) until the total amount of monthly
base rent Tenant has not been required to pay pursuant to this provision equals (the “Total Rent Concession”). The foregoing notwithstanding, in the event Tenant has, and exercises, the right not to accept delivery of a portion of the
expansion premises as provided in Paragraph 1 (a) of this Amendment, Tenant shall not be entitled to reduce the monthly base rent otherwise payable by Tenant under the Lease based on Landlord’s delivery of such portion of the expansion
premises, and the Total Rent Concession shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of the rentable square feet contained in the portion of the expansion premises delivered to and rejected by Tenant multiplied by $2.56. Thus, by way of
example: (i) if Landlord delivered the 24,946 rentable square feet of the expansion premises occupied by the U.S. Government (Office of Inspector General) to Tenant during 
  

 5 

 September 1999, the monthly base rent payable by Tenant for the month of October 1999 would be reduced by but (ii)
if Landlord delivered the 15,601 rentable square feet of the expansion premises occupied by Marine Terminals Corporation during June 2004 and Tenant declined to accept this portion of the expansion premises (June 2004 being after the Delivery
Deadline as defined in Paragraph 1(a)), there would be no reduction in the monthly base rent payable by Tenant for July 2004 or otherwise, and the Total Rent Concession to which Tenant is entitled hereunder would be reduced by (to a total of
). Nothing contained in this Paragraph 3(e) shall be construed to limit or alter Tenant’s other payment obligations under the Lease for the months during which the base monthly rent payable by Tenant is reduced pursuant to this provision, or to
otherwise affect Tenant’s payment obligations under the Lease. 
  
 4. Use (Paragraph 4). Paragraph 4 of the Lease is amended by replacing the first sentence thereof with the following sentence: 
  
 The Premises are to be used for general office purposes and uses related thereto and for no other business or purpose; provided, however, that for
purposes of this Lease the following uses shall be deemed to be uses related to general office purposes: coffee stations and/or warming pantries; a dining room and cafeteria; an exercise facility; and a conference center; provided further that
nothing contained herein shall be construed to negate or alter the requirements in the Lease regarding Landlord’s approval of Alterations (as hereinafter defined) installed by Tenant and/or Tenant’s obligations regarding the installation
of any such Alterations, including without limitation any Alterations that Tenant installs to enable Tenant to use premises for the aforementioned permitted uses. 
  
 5. Assignment (Paragraph 5). Paragraph 5 of the Lease is amended by adding the following provision thereto:

  
 Anything in Paragraph 5 to the contrary notwithstanding,
Tenant may assign this Lease or sublease the premises (or any portion thereof) to a corporation that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Tenant without Landlord’s consent, provided that, (i) in the case of an
assignment, the assignee corporation executes a written instrument that is delivered to Landlord prior to the effective date of the assignment pursuant to which it agrees (I) to assume and perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and (II)
to recognize and attorn to Landlord and the Landlord under the Lease, and (ii) in the case of a sublease, a copy of the sublease is delivered to Landlord prior to the effective date thereof and it contains a provision confirming the sublease is
subject as subordinate to the Lease, and provided further that any such assignment or sublease, shall not release Tenant from its obligations under the Lease. Control, for purposes of this provision, means the controlling entity owns eighty percent
(80%) or more of the voting stock of the entity subject to its control. 
  
 6. Repairs and Alterations (Paragraph 6). Paragraph 6 of the Lease is amended by deleting therefrom the first sentence thereof and by adding the following provision thereto: 
  
 Anything in the Lease (including, without limitation, Paragraph 6) to the
contrary notwithstanding: 
  
 (a) Tenant’s
Alterations. Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any alterations, additions or improvements (singularly and collectively, “Alterations”) to the premises (whether to the existing premises or the expansion premises), or any part
thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any Alterations; provided, however, that all such Alterations shall satisfy and be subject to all of the
following conditions: (i) the Alterations will be nonstructural and will not impair or otherwise materially affect the structural components of the building 
  

 6 

 or any part thereof; (ii) the Alterations will be to the interior of the premises and will not materially affect any part
of the building outside of the premises or affect the outside appearance of the building; (iii) the Alterations will not affect the proper functioning of the building’s mechanical, electrical, plumbing or life safety systems or any other
utilities, systems and services of the building, or materially increase the usage thereof; provided, however, that this subpart (iii) shall not be construed to preclude Tenant, subject to Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed), from upgrading or supplementing such systems, utilities and/or services; (iv) Landlord will have approved the final plans and specifications for the Alterations, any subsequent changes thereto, and all contractors
and subcontractors who will perform them, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; (v) except as hereinafter provided in subparagraph (e) below with respect to Landlord’s Tenant Improvement Funds, all costs and expenses
incurred in connection with the Alterations, including the construction and installation thereof, the preparation of the plans and specifications therefor, and the obtaining of all necessary governmental approvals and permits, will be paid by
Tenant; and (vi) Tenant will pay to Landlord the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in reviewing Tenant’s plans and specifications and inspecting the Alterations to determine whether they are being performed in
accordance with the approved plans and specifications and in compliance with all applicable laws, including the fees of any architect and/or engineer employed by Landlord for such purposes. Landlord agrees to respond to a request by Tenant for
consent to any proposed Alterations within ten (10) business days after receipt by Landlord of a written request therefor, accompanied by detailed plans and specifications for the proposed Alterations. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant may,
without Landlord’s prior written consent (but nevertheless subject to the conditions specified in subparts (i), (ii), (iii) and (v) above), make “cosmetic” Alterations to the premises; provided, however, that Tenant may not expend
more than $25,000.00, in toto, in any one calendar year for such “cosmetic” Alterations without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent as provided herein, and, prior to commencing any such “cosmetic” Alterations,
Tenant shall give Landlord a written notice advising Landlord of such “cosmetic” Alterations and generally describing them. Also, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that in addition to any other
reasonable conditions Landlord may impose as a condition of approving proposed Alterations by Tenant, if such proposed Alterations include a computer room or other Alterations that will have special electrical requirements, Landlord may require that
Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, install a separate meter to measure the electricity used by any such computer room or other Alterations with special electrical requirements. 
  
 (b) Additional Requirements. The following additional requirements shall be applicable to any and all Alterations
performed by or on behalf of Tenant: 
  
 (i) Notice of
Nonresponsibility. Not less than fifteen (15) days prior to commencement of any Alterations, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of the work commencement date so that Landlord may post notices of nonresponsibility about the premises.

  
 (ii) Compliance. All Alterations must comply with all
applicable laws, the other terms of this Lease, and the final plans and specifications approved by Landlord, and Tenant shall fully and promptly comply with and observe any rules and regulations of Landlord then in force with respect to the making
of Alterations and/or reasonably imposed by Landlord in connection with its approval of the plans and specifications for the Alterations. Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits and certificates for the commencement and performance of Alterations
and for final approval thereof upon completion, and shall cause the Alterations to be performed in compliance therewith and with all applicable insurance requirements, and in a good, first-class and workmanlike manner. Tenant shall be responsible
for making, at Tenant’s expense, any additional 
  

 7 

 alterations and improvements required by applicable laws to be made to or in the building as a result of any Alterations
to the premises made by or for Tenant (other than those if any, Landlord is required to make to perform Landlord’s obligations under Paragraph 11(b)(iv)(I) and (II) of this Amendment). 
  
 (iii) Landlord’s Review. Landlord’s review and approval of
Tenant’s plans and specifications will be solely for Landlord’s benefit. Landlord shall have no duty toward Tenant, nor shall Landlord be deemed to have made any representation or warranty to Tenant, with respect to the safety, adequacy,
correctness, efficiency or compliance with laws of the design of any Alterations, the plans and specifications therefor, or any other matter regarding any Alterations. 
  
 (iv) Violations. Tenant, at its expense, shall diligently cause the cancellation or discharge of all notices of
violation arising from or otherwise connected with Alterations, or any other work, labor, services or materials done for or supplied to Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives (as herein defined), or by any person claiming through or under Tenant or
Tenant’s Representatives. 
  
 (v) No Interference.
Alterations shall be performed so as not to interfere with any other tenant in the building, cause labor disharmony therein, or impose any additional expense on Landlord in the maintenance, repair or operation of the building provided, however, that
this sentence shall not be construed to relieve Landlord of Landlord’s obligation under Paragraph 1(b)(iv)(I) and (II) of this Amendment. 
  
 (vi) Insurance/Bonds. Throughout the performance of the Alterations, Tenant, at its expense, shall carry, or cause to be carried, in addition to
the insurance described in Paragraph 9 of the Lease, broad form builders’ risk insurance in an amount at least equal to the cost of the Alterations and naming Landlord as an additional insured, and such other insurance as Landlord may
reasonably require, with insurers and under policies that in form and content are reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence that such insurance is in effect at or before the commencement of the
Alterations and, upon request, at reasonable intervals thereafter until completion of the Alterations. In addition, for any Alterations that will cost more than $100,000.00, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall
provide to Landlord a surety bond (or bonds) from Tenant’s general contractor for Tenant’s Alterations, in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord issued by a surety authorized to do business in California, guaranteeing the
performance of the work and payment for all work and materials furnished in connection with the Alterations. 
  
 (vii) Indemnity. In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other indemnities of Tenant contained in the Lease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and
hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from any Alterations made by or
on behalf of Tenant and/or acts or omissions of Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives (as hereinafter defined) in connection therewith, including without limitation any Liens and the removal thereof, any injury to or death of any person or
persons, and any damage or destruction of any property (including, without limitation, the premises or any other portion of the Project). Nothing contained in this provision is intended to modify the last paragraph of Paragraph 9 of the Lease.

  
 (c) Ownership and Surrender of Alterations. All
Alterations made after the date of this Amendment, including, but not limited to, wall covering, paneling and built-in cabinetry, but excluding Tenant’s trade fixtures, shall become a part of the realty upon their installation and belong to
Landlord and shall be surrendered with the premises; provided, however, that Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to remove from the premises, at Tenant’s expense, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, any
Alterations that Landlord specifies shall be removed at the time Landlord gives its written consent to the installation thereof. 
  

 8 

 (d) Liens. Tenant shall, with respect to any Alterations, pay when due all claims for labor,
materials and services furnished by or at the request of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, representatives or contractors (“Tenant’s Representatives”). Tenant shall keep the premises, the building and the Project free from
all liens, security interests (with the exception of security instruments on equipment leased by Tenant) and encumbrances (including, without limitation, all mechanic’s liens and stop notices) created as a result of or arising in connection
with any Alterations or any other labor, services or materials provided for or at the request of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives, or any other act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives, or persons claiming through or under
them. (Such liens, security interests and encumbrances singularly and collectively are herein called “Liens.”) Tenant shall not use materials in connection with the Alterations that are subject to any Liens (other than inchoate
mechanic’s liens). If Tenant falls to keep the premises, the building and the Project free from Liens, then, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to Landlord, Landlord (i) may require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to
obtain and record a release of lien bond that will release the premises, the building and the Project from a such Lien, and/or (ii) may directly take any action necessary to discharge such Liens, including. payment to the claimant on whose behalf
the Lien was filed. Any sums expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s administrative costs) in connection with any such action shall be payable by Tenant on demand with interest thereon from the date of expenditure by Landlord until paid by Tenant
at a rate equal to the prime rate charged by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., plus two percent (2%) or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. Neither Landlord’s curative action nor the reimbursement of Landlord by Tenant shall cure
Tenant’s default in failing to keep the premises, the building and the Project free from Liens. 
  
 (e) Landlord’s Tenant Improvement Funds. Landlord agrees to provide to Tenant, on and subject to the terms and conditions specified herein,
the following amounts for use by Tenant in connection with the design and/or construction of Tenant’s Alterations (“Landlord’s Tenant Improvement Funds”): (1) a contribution of per rentable square foot included in the
existing premises (a total of ) for Alterations to the existing premises; (ii) a contribution of per rentable square foot included in the expansion premises (a total of for Alterations to the expansion premises; and (iii) in addition,
upon Tenant’s written request, a loan (or series of loans) of up to but not more than (as determined by Tenant) per rentable square foot included in the expansion premises (a total of ) for Alterations to the premises, any such loan(s)
to be on the following terms and conditions: (I) the funds shall be provided pursuant to the same requirements as are hereinafter specified for the contributions to be made by Landlord pursuant to subparts (i) and (ii) above; (II) the term of the
loan shall be from the date Landlord advances the funds to February 14, 2011 (the “Loan Term”); (III) the interest rate applicable to any such loan shall be the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law at
the time the funds are advanced; (IV) the loan shall be repaid in full in equal monthly installments (payable on the first day of each calendar month), with the amount of each such monthly installment determined on the basis of fully amortizing the
loan over the Loan Term; (V) the loan shall be subject to acceleration and, in the event the Lease is terminated prior to the expiration of the term of the Lease, shall be due and payable, in full, upon any such early termination; (VI) failure to
pay any installment of the loan within ten (10) days after the date on which it is due shall be a breach of the Lease; and (VII) at the time any such loan is made, it shall be evidenced by a promissory note incorporating the provisions contained
herein (and such other reasonable provisions as Landlord shall require) that shall be executed and delivered by Tenant to Landlord. All of Landlord’s Tenant Improvement Funds, whether provided as a contribution or a loan, shall be provided on a
progress payment basis in accordance with the following procedure: (A) a such time as 
  

 9 

 Tenant has incurred costs for Tenant’s Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord (x) a written request for the
funds in which Tenant shall specify the total costs incurred by Tenant, provide a breakdown of the costs, and describe the Alterations constructed, (y) a certificate from Tenant’s architect certifying to Landlord that the Alterations in
question have been Substantially Completed (as defined in Exhibit B to the Lease), and (z) applicable invoices and conditional and/or unconditional (as appropriate) waivers and releases of liens that comply with California Civil Code Section 3262
from contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, and others furnishing work or materials; and (B) within thirty (30) days after receipt of all required documentation by Landlord, Landlord shall provide the funds to Tenant. Tenant understands and agrees
that, in all events, all funds provided by Landlord hereunder must be used for the design and/or construction of Tenant’s Alterations. 
  
 (f) Tenant’s Maintenance Obligation. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall take good care of the premises, Tenant’s obligation
hereunder to include, without limitation, supplying light bulbs for other than standard lighting fixtures, replacing doors (both within and that provide access to the premises) that need to be replaced, maintaining in good condition and repair (and
replacing, if necessary) all kitchen appliances and equipment, and maintaining in good condition and repair (and replacing, if necessary) all over building standard electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning facilities and/or
equipment (meaning any such facilities and/or equipment installed by Tenant). 
  
 7. Services (Paragraph 8). Paragraph 8 of the Lease is amended by replacing the last two sentences of the first paragraph thereof with the following provision: 
  
 Landlord’s obligation hereunder shall include providing such heat and
air conditioning as may be required for the comfortable occupation of the premises for general office purposes during the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. daily except Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays (“Regular Business Hours”).
During hours other than Regular Business Hours, Landlord shall provide similar heat and air conditioning upon not less than twelve (12) hours’ prior notice from Tenant to Landlord, and Tenant, within ten (10) business days after presentation of
a bill therefor, shall pay Landlord for such additional service on an hourly basis at the then prevailing rate as established by Landlord (which, as of the date of this Amendment, is $25.00 per hour per half (1/2) floor). The building’s public
access elevators will be in operation during Regular Business Hours. During other hours, two (2) such elevators shall be in operation. Landlord shall permit Tenant to use the building’s freight elevator in connection with the construction of
Tenant’s Alterations upon not less than twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice from Tenant to Landlord. Use of the freight elevator by Tenant shall be at up additional charge to Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant, at its expense, shall
repair any damage to the freight elevator caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives and the indemnity in Paragraph 6(b)(vii) of this Amendment shall apply to Tenant’s use of the freight elevator. 
  
 8. Insurance (Paragraph 9). Paragraph 9 of the Lease is amended by
changing the amount specified in the tenth line thereof from One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), and Tenant shall provide to Landlord a certificate confirming that Tenant has the required amount of liability
insurance within thirty (30) days after the date of this Amendment. 
  

 10 

 9. Default (Paragraph 14). Paragraph 14 of the Lease is amended as follows: 
  
 (a) Remedies. The second paragraph of Paragraph 14(b) of the Lease
(at the bottom of page 11 of the Lease) is amended by adding the following provision thereto: 
  
 Amounts recoverable under Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code also shall include, without limitation, the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the
time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided (and, for this purpose, the worth at the time of award shall be computed by disconnecting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve
Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%)). 
  
 (b) Late Charges. Paragraph 14(c) of the Lease is amended by changing the late charge payable thereunder to an amount equal to three percent (3%) of any such installment or other sum that is subject to payment of a late charge
pursuant to Paragraph 14(c). 
  
 (c) Interest. Paragraph
14(d) of the Lease is amended by adding the following proviso at the end of the first paragraph thereof: 
  
 provided, however, that in no event shall the interest rate exceed the maximum rate permitted by law. 
  
 10. Taxes Payable by Tenant (Paragraph 18). Paragraph 18 of the Lease
is amended by changing the period (“.”) at the end of the third sentence thereof (on the 29th line thereof) to a comma (“,”). 
  
 11. Rental Adjustment (Paragraph 20). Paragraph 20 of the Lease is amended as follows: 
  
 (a) Base Year. Paragraph 20(a) is amended by adding the following
sentence thereto at the end thereof: 
  
 The foregoing
notwithstanding, effective as of February 15, 2001, the Base year shall be calendar year 2001 and, accordingly, commencing effective as of January 1, 2002 Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of the excess, if any, of Project Taxes and Operating
Expenses based on whether Project Taxes and Operating Expenses for 2002 and each calendar year thereafter exceed Project Taxes and Operating Expenses for calendar year 2001 (and, as provided in Paragraph 20(d) of the Lease, Project Taxes and
Operating Expenses for the new Base Year (2001) and for each subsequent Comparison Year (2002 and thereafter) shall be calculated, for any year during which the Project is not fully occupied, as if the Project were 95% occupied during the entire
calendar year in question). Through February 14, 2001 Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Project Taxes and Operating Expense based on the excess, if any, of such Project Taxes and Operating Expenses for each calendar year over
Project Taxes and Operating Expenses for calendar year 1991. 
  
 (b) Tenant’s Share. The first sentence of Paragraph 20(e)(3) of the Lease shall be amended by replacing it, in its entirety, with the following sentence: 
  
 “Tenant’s Share,” as of the date of this Amendment, is forty-four percent (44%), but Tenant’s Share
shall be adjusted as provided in Paragraph 1 of this Amendment each time a portion of the expansion premises is delivered by Landlord to Tenant, with the revised Tenant’s Share determined by dividing the total rentable square feet of the
premises (increased by the portion of the expansion premises delivered to Tenant) by the total rentable square feet of the building (215,357 square feet). 
  
 12. Hazardous Substances (Paragraph 28). Paragraph 28 of the Lease is amended by adding the following provision thereto: 
  
 Landlord and Tenant agree that the term “Toxic Materials,” as used
in the Lease, includes, without limitation, any substance, material or waste that now or 
  

 11 

 in the future is regulated or governed by, requires reporting, investigation or remediation under, and/or is defined as a
hazardous or toxic waste, substance or material under any federal, state or local law, statue, ordinance, regulation, rule and/or order, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C.
§9601, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901, et seq., and §§25117 and 25316 of the California Health and Safety Code and regulations adopted pursuant to the foregoing statutes (and specifically
includes, without limitation, gasoline, diesel fuel, petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s), and asbestos). 
  
 13. Security (Paragraph 31). Paragraph 31 of the Lease is amended by adding the following provision thereto: 
  
 In addition, as further security for the full and faithful performance of
very provision of the Lease to be performed by Tenant (and of any loan(s) made by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 6(e) of this Amendment), Tenant, not later than June 30, 1999, shall deliver to Landlord an irrevocable standby letter of credit (the
“Letter of Credit”) in the amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) identifying Landlord as the beneficiary thereof that is issued by a financial institution and contains terms and conditions (and is in a form) approved by Landlord,
said approval not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, the Letter of Credit, in all events: (i) shall have an expiration date that is no earlier than one (1) year from the date of delivery of the Letter of Credit to Landlord; (ii) shall
be payable to Landlord solely upon presentation by Landlord to the issuer at an office of the issuer located in San Francisco, California of (I) Landlord’s draft at sight drawn on the issuer, and (II) a written instrument executed by Landlord
stating that Tenant has breached the Lease and specifying the nature of the breach; and (iii) shall permit total or partial drawdowns by Landlord (as hereinafter provided). Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice of Landlord’s intent to
draw upon the Letter of Credit at least five (5) days prior to doing so. Tenant shall renew, extend or replace the Letter of Credit with a Letter of Credit that is the same in form and content (other than a change in the expiration date) as the
expiring Letter of Credit, and is issued by a financial institution (whether it be the same financial institution that issued the expiring Letter of Credit or a different financial institution) approved by Landlord (said approval not to be
unreasonably withheld) not later than sixty (60) days prior to the scheduled expiration date of the then outstanding Letter of Credit, and tenant’s failure to so renew, extend or replace the Letter of Credit shall be an event of default under
the Lease (and shall entitle Landlord to immediately draw down the full amount of the Letter of Credit and thereafter hold the cash on and subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the cash Security Deposit described in the first
paragraph of this Paragraph 31). In the event of a default under the Lease (including, without limitation, a default under any loan(s) made by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 6(e) of this Amendment), Landlord shall be entitled to draw down from the
Letter of Credit only the amount of cash, as reasonably determined by Landlord, to which Landlord is entitled in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Paragraph 31 regarding the application of Tenant’s Security Deposit
upon a default under the Lease by Tenant, provided that, within fifteen (15) days after any such partial drawdown by Landlord of the Letter of Credit Tenant provides Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit in the same form and content as the
Letter of Credit drawn against by Landlord (and otherwise satisfying the requirements applicable to any Letter of Credit to be delivered hereunder) in the amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) (or, if at that time the required amount of
the Letter of Credit is One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), in the amount of $1,000,000.00). In the event Tenant does not provide Landlord the replacement Letter of Credit and to hold (and subsequently apply) any cash not applied by Landlord to the
existing default under the Lease by Tenant on and subject to the same terms and conditions as the cash Security Deposit provided by Tenant pursuant to the first paragraph of this Paragraph 31. A partial drawdown of the 
  

 12 

 Letter of Credit by Landlord shall not preclude Landlord from an additional partial drawdown for the same default under
the Lease by Tenant if Landlord reasonably determines that the amount previously drawn down by Landlord is not the amount to which Landlord ultimately is entitled based on the default under the Lease by Tenant, and any such additional partial
drawdown of the Letter of Credit shall be made on and subject to the same requirements that are applicable to any drawdown on the Letter of Credit. If prior to February 15, 2006 there has not been an event of default by Tenant under the Lease, the
amount of the Letter of Credit to be provided by Tenant hereunder shall be reduced to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), but such Letter of Credit shall otherwise be delivered, renewed, extended or replaced, held by Landlord and drawn against and
applied by Landlord on the same terms and conditions specified herein that are applicable to any Letter of Credit provided by Tenant under this Paragraph 31. In the event there has been an event of default by Tenant under the Lease any time prior to
February 15, 2006, the Letter of Credit required hereunder shall continue to be in the amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for the remainder of the Lease term. 
  
 14. Parking (Paragraph 32). Paragraph 32 of the Lease is amended by adding the following provision thereto:

  
 Landlord agrees to provide to Tenant up to an additional
fifty-five (55) non-reserved automobiles parking spaces (in addition to the fifty (50) non-reserved automobile parking spaces currently available to Tenant) on the following terms and conditions: (i) the additional fifty-five (55) parking spaces
shall be made available on a pro rata basis at the same time as Landlord delivers each portion of the expansion premises to Tenant in proportion to the portion of the expansion premises delivered (meaning, by way of example, if Landlord delivers
twenty percent (20%) of the expansion premises to Tenant, at that time Tenant shall be entitled to an additional eleven (11) non-reserved automobile parking spaces); (ii) the monthly charge for each such additional parking space shall be the monthly
rate then being charged by other buildings located in the vicinity of the Project for similar type parking (the “Market Rate”) at the time Tenant requests the use of any such additional parking space, and said monthly charge shall continue
to be subject to adjustment by Landlord throughout the term of the Lease (but not more often than once each calendar year) to the then prevailing Market Rate; and (iii) any such additional parking spaces, in all other respects, shall be made
available to, and used by, Tenant on the terms and conditions contained in Paragraph 32 of the Lease. In addition, anything in Paragraph 32 of the Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, effective as of February 15, 2001 the monthly charge for the
fifty (50) non-reserved automobile parking spaces currently available to Tenant shall be adjusted to the Market Rate, and such charge shall be subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to the additional parking spaces that will
be made available to Tenant in connection with the delivery of the expansion premises. 
  
 15. Signage (Paragraph 33). Paragraph 33 of the Lease is amended by adding the following provision thereto: 
  
 Any additional signage that Tenant wishes to install, whether on the interior or exterior of the building: (i) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior
written consent (including, without limitation, as to the size, color, design and location thereof), when consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (except that the foregoing notwithstanding, as to the size, color, design and/or location
of any such signage to be placed on the exterior of the building or that will be visible from outside the building Landlord may give or withhold its consent in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); (ii) shall be installed by Tenant in
compliance with all applicable laws and in a good and workmanlike manner and thereafter maintained in good condition and repair by Tenant, all at Tenant’s expense; and (iii) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, shall be
removed (and any damage occasioned thereby repaired) by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense. 
  

 13 

 16. Brokers (Paragraph 39). Paragraph 39, of the Lease is amended by replacing it, in its
entirety, with the following provision: 
  
 Landlord and Tenant
each represent and warrant to the other that neither of them has had any dealings with any person or entity in connection with this Amendment and/or the negotiation thereof that is a real estate broker or that is, or could claim to be, a finder,
other than Insignia/Edward S. Gordon Co., Inc. of California and CAC Group (collectively, “Brokers”). Landlord and Tenant each, as indemnitor, agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other against and from any demands, actions,
damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from any claim for a commission, fee or other compensation made by any person or entity against the indemnitee party on the
basis of agreements and/or representations made by the indemnitor in connection with this Amendment; provided, however, it is understood and agreed that, in all events, Landlord shall not be required to pay any commission, fee or other compensation
to Brokers (or either of them) in connection with the Amendment, and Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord shall, include, without limitation, any claim by Brokers (or either of them) for any such commission, fee or other compensation. 
  
 17. Option to Extend (Paragraph 42). Paragraph 42 of the Lease is
amended by replacing it, in its entirety, with the following provision: 
  
 Tenant shall have two (2) options (the “Options”) to extend the term for two (2) additional, consecutive periods of five (5) years each (the “Option Periods”) commencing, respectively, on the date
following the expiration of the term of the Lease (as to the first Option Period) and on the expiration of the term of the first Option Period (as to the second Option Period)’ (the “Option Term Commencement Dates”) upon, and subject
to, the following terms and conditions: (i) Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, either at the time Tenant exercises an Option or at any time thereafter prior to an Option Term
Commencement Date; (ii) Tenant shall not have assigned its interest in this Lease nor sublet more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the premises, it being understood and agreed by Tenant that the Options are personal to and shall be exercisable only
by Tenant; (iii) no laws shall have been enacted or promulgated that invalidate or modify the Options (or either of them) or any of the terms and conditions of the Options (or either of them); (iv) Tenant shall have notified Landlord of
Tenant’s election to exercise the Option no sooner than eighteen (18) nor later than twelve (12) calendar months prior to the expiration of the term of the Lease (as to the first Option), and no sooner than fifteen (15) nor later than twelve
(12) calendar months prior to the expiration of the term of the first Option Period (as to the second Option); and (v) as to the second Option, Tenant shall have been entitled to exercise, and shall have properly exercised and extended the term of
the Lease pursuant to, the first Option. Unless all of the, foregoing conditions precedent are satisfied, Tenant’s exercise of an Option shall be of no force or effect and the Option, or Options, as the case may be, shall lapse. If all of the
foregoing conditions are satisfied, the term shall be extended for the Option Period, and all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect throughout the Option Period, except that (I) the
monthly base rent to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 3 of the Lease as of each Option Term Commencement Date shall be the “Fair Market Rent” of the premises as of the Option Term Commencement Pate in question, (II) said Fair Market
Rent shall include such annual or other periodic adjustments thereto (if any) during the Option Period on the same basis and/or pursuant to the same formula being used as of the Option Term Commencement Date to periodically adjust the monthly rent
being charged for space comparable to the premises (as hereinafter described), (III) the foregoing notwithstanding, in no event shall the monthly base rent to be paid as of an Option Term Commencement Date be less than the monthly base rent payable
by Tenant for the month immediately preceding, the Option Term Commencement Date in question, and (IV) each Option, after its exercise, shall be of 
  

 14 

 no further force or effect, and Tenant shall have no right to extend the term of this Lease beyond the two (2) Option
Periods set forth herein. The term “Fair Market Rent,” as used herein, means the monthly rent being charged for space comparable to the premises in a comparable first-class office building in the vicinity of the Project, taking into
account the condition of, improvements to, and length, of lease term for such space. Subject to the limitation specified in subpart (III) above, the determination of the Fair Market Rent shall be made as follows: 
  
 (a) Not less than five (5) months prior to the expiration date of the term
of the Lease, or the term of the first Option Period, as the case may be, the parties shall meet at a mutually agreeable time and place in an effort to mutually agree on the Fair Market Rent. If the parties are unable to so agree on the Fair Market
Rent on or before the date four (4) months prior to the relevant expiration date (the “Arbitration Date”), the determination of Fair Market Rent shall be arbitrated as follows: 
  
 (b) Within fifteen (15) days after the Arbitration Date, each party, at its own cost and by giving notice to the other
party, shall appoint either a licensed real estate broker or a real estate appraiser (hereinafter, an “Agent”), which Agent, in either case, shall have had at least. ten (10) years’ full-time commercial office rental or appraisal
experience in the San Francisco area, to determine Fair Market Rent. If, in the time provided, only one (1) party shall give notice of the appointment of an Agent, the single Agent appointed shall determine the Fair Market Rent. If two (2) Agents
are appointed by the parties, the two (2) Agents, within thirty (30) days after their appointment, shall independently, and without consultation, prepare a written determination of the Fair Market Rent and concurrently submit their determinations to
both Landlord and Tenant 
  
 (c) If the determinations differ, and
the parties do not otherwise then agree on the Fair Market Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of the determinations, the two (2) Agents shall designate an appraiser with a membership in the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers or the
Society of Real Estate Appraisers and otherwise meeting the qualifications set forth in subsection (b) above (the “Appraiser”). If the two (2) Agents have not agreed on the Appraiser after ten (10) days, either Landlord or Tenant may apply
to the then Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of the City and County of San Francisco for the selection of Appraiser. The Appraiser, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party. The Appraiser
shall make an appraisal of the Fair Market Rent within thirty (30) days after selection and without consultation with the two (2) Agents, and shall then select the Fair Market Rent of one of the two (2) Agents that the Appraiser determines Is
closest to the Pair Market Rent. The Appraiser shall not have the authority to modify the Fair Market Rents determined by the two (2) Agents, and his sole role shall be to select the Fair Market Rent of the two (2) Agents that is closest to the Fair
Market Rent determined by the Appraiser. 
  
 (d) If the
determination of the Fair Market Rent is for any reason delayed beyond the Option Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall continue to pay the monthly base rent in effect immediately preceding the Option Term Commencement Date until the first day of the
month following the determination of the Fair Market Rent. On the first day of the month following the determination of the Fair Market Rent, Tenant shall commence paying the Fair Market Rent as the base rent payable hereunder and also shall pay to
Landlord an amount equal to the difference between the total amount of base rent Tenant has paid to Landlord since the Option Term Commencement Date and the total amount that Tenant would have paid if the base rent as adjusted pursuant to this
subsection had been in effect as of the Option Term Commencement Date. 
  
 (e) Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its own Agent and fifty percent (50%) of the fees and expenses of the Appraiser. 
  

 15 

 (f) Neither the Agents nor the Appraiser shall have any power to modify the provisions of this Lease, and
their sole function shall be to determine the Fair Market Rent in accordance with this provision. 
  
 18. Storage Space (Paragraph 44). Paragraph 44 of the Lease is amended by adding the following provision thereto: 
  
 Effective as of February 15, 2001, Landlord shall provide to Tenant up to an
additional 1,218 square feet of storage space (the “Additional Storage Space”) located in the basement of the building (in addition to the 2,400 square feet of storage space currently available to Tenant). Said Additional Storage Space
will be provided to Tenant on the same terms and conditions as are specified in Paragraph 44 of the Lease, except that the monthly rental for the Additional Storage space for the first two (2) years following February 15, 2001 shall be based on a
rate of $.90 per square foot. Thereafter, (i) the rent for such Additional Storage Space shall be adjusted to the prevailing market rate and be the same as the rate applicable to the balance of the storage space rented to Tenant pursuant to
Paragraph 44 of the Lease, and, (ii) the rent for all storage space used by Tenant shall be subject to further periodic adjustment to the prevailing market rate for comparable space in comparable buildings, as reasonably determined by Landlord, but
shall not be so adjusted more than one (1) time during each twenty-four (24) month period occurring after February 15, 2003. 
  
 19. Moving Expenses (Paragraph 45). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has satisfied its obligation pursuant to this provision of the
Lease and that the provision, therefore, shall be deleted from the Lease and be of no further force or effect. 
  
 20. Consents (Paragraph 47). Paragraph 47 of the Lease is amended by replacing it, in its entirety, with the following provision: 
  
 Whenever by the express terms of this Lease the consent of either party is
required for an act by the other party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, this provision shall not be construed to limit Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion to give or withhold its consent (i)
when the Lease expressly authorizes Landlord to give or withhold its consent “in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion” or pursuant to a standard described by words of similar effect, (ii) when the Lease does not expressly require
the consent of Landlord to the act in question, or (iii) when consenting to the act in question would require or otherwise amount to or result in an amendment or other modification of the provisions of this Lease (such as, by way of example but not
limitation, if Tenant requested Landlord’s consent to a change in the permitted use of the premises or to the installation of structural Alterations or Alterations that would affect the structural components of the building), it being
understood and agreed by Tenant that under the circumstances described in subparts (i), (ii) and (iii) Landlord may give or withhold its consent in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. 
  
 21. Additional Provisions. The following provisions are added to the
Lease: 
  
 48. ROOF RIGHTS. Tenant shall have the right to
install improvements on the roof of the building (hereinafter, a “Roof Installation”); provided, however, that: (i) any such Roof Installation, regardless of the nature thereof, shall be an Alteration within the meaning of Paragraph 6 of
the Lease and shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions specified therein regarding Alterations (other than subpart (ii) of Paragraph 6(a)); but (ii) anything in Paragraph 6 or elsewhere in the Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, (I)
Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall maintain in good condition and repair any such Roof Installation (said obligation to include, without limitation, making such replacements, if any, as may be necessary), 
  

 16 

 (II) Landlord shall not have the obligation specified in Paragraph 1(b)(iv)(II) of this Amendment by reason of any Roof
Installation and, accordingly, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall make any additional alterations and improvements required by applicable laws that must be made by reason of any such Roof Installation, and (III) as to any such Roof Installation
that would have a height in excess of six feet (6’), weigh more than two hundred pounds (200 lbs.), cover more than twenty (20) square feet of the surface of the roof, require penetration of the roof membrane in connection with its
installation, and/or materially increase the usage of the building’s utilities, systems and/or services, Landlord may give or withhold its consent thereto in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. 
  
 49. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, with respect to
any space in the building other than the existing premises, the expansion premises and the space occupied by Pell Development Company as of the date of this Amendment (which other space in the building contains a total of approximately 5,148
rentable square feet and is referred to herein as the “ROFR Space”), a right of first refusal on and subject to the following terms and conditions. Not later than the earlier of (i) ninety (90) days prior to the date on which the ROFR
Space, or any portion thereof, is scheduled to become available (meaning the term, including any extension thereof pursuant to an option to renew or extend, of a lease for a portion of the ROFR Space is scheduled to expire) or, (ii) if any lease for
the ROFR Space is terminated prior to its scheduled expiration, fifteen (15) days after such termination, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (the “ROFR Notice”) specifying the date on which Landlord believes it will be able to
deliver the portion of the ROFR Space in question to Tenant, the monthly base rent Landlord intends to charge for such portion of the ROFR Space (which rent shall be the then prevailing fair market rent for such space, as reasonably determined by
Landlord), and the amount of any tenant improvement allowances and/or free rent period, if any, that Landlord intends to offer in connection with the leasing of the ROFR Space. Tenant shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of the ROFR Notice
within which to notify Landlord in writing that Tenant wishes to exercise its right of first refusal and make the portion of the ROFR Space in question part of the premises; provided, however, that Tenant’s rights to exercise such right of
first refusal shall be subject to the same terms and conditions specified in subparts (i), (ii) and (iii) of Paragraph 17 of this Amendment to which Tenant’s Options are subject (except that for this purpose subpart (iii) shall mean laws
invalidating or modifying the right of first refusal or any of the terms and conditions of the first of first refusal). If Tenant exercises its right of first refusal, Landlord shall deliver the portion of the ROFR Space in question to Tenant on and
subject to the same terms and conditions pursuant to which Landlord will deliver the expansion premises to Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 1(a) and 1(b) of this Amendment and, upon delivery thereof to Tenant, the portion of the ROFR Space in question
shall become a part of the premises and leased to Tenant on and subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease, except that: (i) the monthly base rent payable by Tenant for the portion of the ROFR Space in question shall be the
monthly base rent quoted in the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Space Rent”); provided, however, that such ROFR Space Rent shall be payable until the next scheduled adjustment to the monthly base rent payable by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 3
and/or Paragraph 17 of this Amendment, at which time the monthly base rent payable for the portion of the ROFR Space in question shall be the greater of the then payable ROFR Space Rent or the rent payable for the balance of the premises pursuant to
Paragraph 3 and/or Paragraph 17 of this Amendment, (ii) subpart (iv) of Paragraph 1(b) of this Amendment shall be of no force or effect with respect to the ROFR Space, it being understood and agreed by Tenant that the ROFR Space, and any portion
thereof, shall be delivered to and accepted by Tenant in AS IS condition and repair and Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to undertake any improvements or other alterations or provide any funds in connection with the delivery and/or
Tenant’s use and occupancy of such space (except that anything in this subpart (ii) to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall be entitled to any tenant improvement allowance and/or free rent period specified in the ROFR Notice); and
(iii) Landlord shall have 
  

 17 

 no liability whatsoever, nor shall it affect the validity of, or Tenant’s obligations under, this Lease if Landlord
fails to deliver the portion of the ROFR Space in question by the date specified in the ROFR Notice, but if Landlord has failed to deliver such space within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date specified in the ROFR Notice, Tenant, by giving
Landlord written notice within ten (10) days after the expiration of the one hundred twenty (120) day period, may withdraw its agreement to accept the space. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord within the requisite thirty (30) day period that it
wishes to accept the portion of the ROFR Space designated in a ROFR Notice (or earlier notifies Landlord in writing that it declines to do so), Landlord shall be entitled to offer the portion of the ROFR Space in question to any third party on any
terms and conditions that Landlord determines; provided, however, that if Landlord offers such space to a third party at any time within six (6) months after Landlord’s original ROFR Notice for a monthly base rent that is more than ten percent
(10%) less that the monthly base rent specified in Landlord’s original ROFR Notice, or with a tenant improvement allowance that is more than ten percent (10%) greater than that specified in the original ROFR Notice, or with a free rent period
that is thirty (30) or more days longer than that specified in the original ROFR Notice, Landlord shall again give a ROFR Notice to Tenant regarding the portion of the ROFR Space in question, and Tenant shall have ten (10) business days within which
to agree to accept or decline to accept such space. If Tenant accepts the space, it shall be on and subject to the terms and conditions specified herein for acceptance of any ROFR Space; if Tenant declines to accept the space, Landlord thereafter
may rent the space to any third party on any terms and conditions that Landlord determines, subject, however, to the obligation to again give Tenant an ROFR Notice (and the opportunity to accept the space subject to the terms and conditions
specified herein for acceptance of any ROFR Space) if within six (6) months after the most recent ROFR Notice given to Tenant the terms on which Landlord offers the space to a third party again exceed the parameters specified in the foregoing
proviso with respect to monthly base rent, tenant improvement allowance or free rent period when compared to the most recent ROFR Notice given to Tenant by Landlord. The first sentence of this Paragraph 49 notwithstanding, in the event the space
occupied by Pell Development Company as of the date of this Amendment will no longer be occupied by Pell Development Company, another entity owned or controlled by the Pell family or any member(s) thereof (meaning Joseph Pell, his spouse and/or
their lineal descendants), or any member(s) of the Pell family, such space thereupon shall become ROFR Space and shall be subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 49. 
  
 50. ACCESS CARDS. Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall provide to Tenant (i) an additional fifty (50) access cards,
on a pro rata basis, at the time Landlord delivers portions of the expansion premises located on the first floor of the building to Tenant, and (ii) an additional two hundred (200) access card per floor; on a pro rata basis, at the time Landlord
delivers portions of the expansion premises on floors 2, 5 and 6 of the building to Tenant. Any additional access cards, including without limitation access cards that must be provided to Tenant due to existing cards being lost, destroyed or stolen,
shall be provided to Tenant by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense. 
  
 In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions in the Lease and the provisions in this Amendment, the provisions in this Amendment shall control. Other than as amended by this Amendment, the provisions in the Lease
shall remain the same, and the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect. 
  

 18 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above
written. 
  

							
	 LANDLORD:
	  	 TENANT:

		
	 600 Harrison,
 A California corporation
	  	 Miller Freeman, Inc.,
 a Delaware corporation

				
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Karen Pell

	  	 By:
	 	 /s/ Don Pazour

	 Name:
	 	  

	  	 Name:
	 	 Don Pazour

	 Its:
	 	  

	  	 Its:
	 	 President & CEO

				
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Karen Pell 5-19-98

	  	 By:
	 	 /s/ Warren Ambrose

	 Name:
	 	 Karen Pell

	  	 Name:
	 	 Warren Ambrose

	 Its:
	 	 V.P.

	  	 Its:
	 	 Sr. VP & CFO

  

 19 

 [Drawing] 
  
 Exhibit “A” 
  
 Page 1 

 [Drawing] 
  
 Exhibit “A” 
 Page 3 

 [Drawing] 
  
 Exhibit “B” 
 Page 1 

 [Drawing] 
  
 Exhibit “B” 
 Page 2 

 [Drawing] 
  
 Exhibit “B” 
 Page 3 

 [Drawing] 
  
 Exhibit “B” 
 Page 4 

 FIRST ADDENDUM TO LEASE 
  
 THE FIRST ADDENDUM LEASE, dated for references purposes only April 23, 1993, is made between 600 Harrison, a corporation,
(“Landlord”) and Miller Freeman, Inc. (“Tenant”) to be a part of that certain Agreement of Lease dated May 31, 1990, between Landlord and Tenant (herein the “Lease”) concerning 80,855 rentable square feet of space
(“the Premises”) located at 600 Harrison Street in San Francisco, California. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Lease is modified and supplemented by this First Addendum as follows: 
  

	1)	Premises: (Paragraph 1) The description of the leased premises is hereby amended so as to add 15,191 rentable square feet on the west side of the first floor of the building.
The leased Premises as expanded shall total 96,046 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part of the Lease. 

  

	2)	Rent: (Paragraph 3) For any months in which Tenant occupies the new space on the first floor prior to January 1, 1994, the rent on the first floor space shall be free.

  
 As of January 1, 1994, Tenant’s rent shall
be $162,077.61 until February 15, 1995. Thereafter, rent adjustments are as follows: 
  

			
	 Months 49-60
	 	 
	 Months 61-72
	 	 
	 Months 73-84
	 	 
	 Months 85-96
	 	 
	 Months 97-108
	 	 
	 Months 109-120
	 	 

  

	3)	Operating Expense Adjustments: (Paragraph 20) Tenant’s proportional share shall be equal to forty four percent (44%). 

  

	4)	Tenant Improvements: Landlord will turnkey the space based on the space plan dated April 27, 1993. Any upgrades or increases to the price of this plan will be the
responsibility of Miller Freeman. All costs over the approved plan shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice from Landlord. 

  

	5)	Occupancy: Tenant may move into the space as soon as construction is completed. 

  

	6)	Lease: Except as herein or heretofore modified or supplemented in writing, the original lease remains in full force and effect. 

  

							
	 LANDLORD:
	 	 TENANT:

	 600 Harrison
	 	 Miller Freeman, Inc.

  

							
				
	 By:
	 	 /s/ [illegible]

	 	 By:
	 	 /s/ William Ambrose

	 As:
	 	 General Partner
	 	 As:
	 	 Chief Financial Officer

				
	 Date:
	 	 5/11/93
	 	 Date:
	 	 5/11/93

 AGREEMENT OF LEASE 
  
 THIS LEASE is made on the 31st day of May, 1990, between 600 Harrison, a California corporation (“LANDLORD”) and Miller Freeman
Publications, Inc. a California corporation (“TENANT”). 
  
 1. PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, those premises (hereinafter “premises”) constituting approximately 80,855 rentable square
feet as shown on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, which premises are located on the third and fourth floors of that building commonly known as 600 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA (hereinafter “the building”). The building is
located on that real property commonly known as “600 Harrison” (hereinafter “the Project”), which includes the building, parking garage, arcade, landscaping and related improvements. 
  
 2. TERM. The term of this lease shall be ten (10) years and shall commence on
the 1st day of November, 1990, and end on the 31st day of October, 2000, inclusive; provided, however that in the event Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the premises to Tenant upon the date above specified for the commencement of the term
of this lease, neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any damage caused thereby, nor shall this lease thereby become void or voidable, and the term herein specified shall in such case commence upon the date of delivery of possession of
the premises to Tenant and shall terminate ten (10) years thereafter. 
  
 In such event Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until such time as Landlord shall deliver possession of said premises to Tenant. 
  
 In the event that Landlord fails to deliver possession of the premises to Tenant by March 1, 1991, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this lease
upon written notice to Landlord, provided that neither party shall be liable to the other in the event of any such termination. The above-stated date shall be tolled by a number of delays equal to the number of days of delay in construction of
tenant improvements caused by Tenant or its architect (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto). 
  
 Prior to the commencement of the term, with Tenant’s and Tenant’s architect’s cooperation, Landlord shall diligently construct and
substantially complete (subject to punchlist items identified by Tenant in a walkthrough inspection of the premises, as set forth in Exhibit B) in a timely manner for the benefit of Tenant all of those improvements (“Tenant Improvements”)
described in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. 
  
 3. RENT. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as rent for the premises the amounts listed below for the months indicated in advance commencing on the 1st day of the term of this lease (subject to Paragraph 36 hereof) and
continuing on the 1st day of each calendar month thereafter during the term, except that if the 1st day of the term shall not be the 1st day of the month, the rental for the portion of the term occurring in the first and last calendar months or the
term shall be appropriately prorated. All installments of rent shall be paid at the office of Landlord, or at such other place as may be designated in writing from time to time by Landlord, in lawful money of the United States and without deduction
or offset for any cause whatsoever. The rental for which provision is hereinabove made shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 20 hereof, or other covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth. The monthly rental amounts are as
follows: 
  

	
	 Months 1-4

	 Months 5-12

	 Months 13-24

	 Months 25-36

	 Months 37-48

	 Months 49-60

	 Months 61-72

	 Months 73-84

	 Months 85-96

	 Months 97-108

	 Months 109-120

  

 -1- 

 All other sums which are to be paid to Landlord by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this lease shall be
deemed additional rent, and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt by Tenant of a billing therefor or at such other time as is specifically provided in this lease. Tenant agrees that Landlord may, at its option, apply
all sums received from Tenant or due to Tenant against amounts due and payable hereunder as Landlord determines, notwithstanding any instructions or designations to the contrary. 
  
 4. USE. The premises are to be used for general office purposes and uses related thereto and for no other business or
purpose. No use shall be made or permitted to be made of the premises, nor acts done in or about the premises, which will in any way conflict with any law, ordinance, rule or regulation, permits, occupancy certificate, or other entitlement affecting
the use or occupancy of the premises, now or hereafter in effect, or which will increase the existing rate of insurance policy covering the building or any part thereof, nor shall Tenant sell, or permit to be kept, used or sold in or about the
premises any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policy. Tenant has heretofore provided Landlord with a list of equipment to be used in the premises and has informed Landlord that its use of the premises involves
desktop publishing (not printing presses). Based on such information, Landlord acknowledges that Tenant’s contemplated use of the premises as described above is in compliance with the existing laws affecting the building and is a permitted use
under this Paragraph 4. Tenant shall at its own expense comply with all present and future laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, and/or requirements of all governmental authorities pertaining to the condition, use or occupancy of the
premises, or Tenant’s activities therein, provided that nothing in this Paragraph 4 shall require Tenant to make any structural alterations to any part of the building or to remove or otherwise remediate any toxic or hazardous substances not
placed in the premises by Tenant. Should any future law prevent Tenant’s specific use or occupancy of the premises, as herein contemplated, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this lease, provided that Tenant has used due diligence to
comply with the requirements of any such law but is unable to do so without changing the basic nature of its business. Tenant shall not commit, or suffer to be committed, any waste upon the premises, or any public or private nuisance, or other act
or thing which may obstruct or disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Project, or be incompatible with a first class office building, nor shall Tenant, without the written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus, machinery or device
in or about the premises which shall cause any substantial noise or vibration, or which shall substantially increase the amount of electricity or water, if any, agreed to be furnished or supplied under this lease. Tenant shall not install or use
heat-generating machines, excess lighting, or other equipment which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning equipment, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant further agrees not to connect with electric
wires or water or other pipes any apparatus, machinery or device 

 without the consent of Landlord. Tenant may install the usual office machines and equipment, such as electrical
typewriters, adding machines, teletypewriters, computers, computer work stations and computer equipment and similar equipment. 
  
 5. ASSIGNMENT. Tenant shall not directly or indirectly sell, assign, mortgage, encumber or transfer this lease, sublet the premises or any part thereof or
allow any other person (excepting Tenant’s agents and employees) to occupy the premises or any portion thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Any such proposed, attempted or consummated sale, assignment, mortgage, encumbrance,
transfer, subletting, occupancy or other prohibited act described in the preceding sentences is herein collectively called a “transfer” and the person or entity who or which is the proposed or actual recipient of a “transfer” is
herein collectively called a “transferee.” This prohibition against transfers includes the transfer of the effective voting control of Tenant from the person(s) having such control as of Tenant’s execution of this lease (if Tenant is
a corporation other than a publicly held corporation), the resignation or cessation of a general partner (if Tenant is a partnership), a transfer by involuntary act or by operation of law or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to
the contrary, nothing in this Paragraph 5 shall prevent Tenant from a transfer of this lease in connection with a merger or other reorganization of Tenant’s business, or in connection with a sale of Tenant’s business, provided however that
Tenant shall not be released from its obligations under the lease in the event of any such transfer. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of any proposed transfer. Said notice shall state the proposed commencement date of the desired transfer,
all material terms of the proposed transfer, the name and address of the proposed transferee, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord with said notice a true and complete copy of all agreements relating to the proposed transfer together with current
complete financial statements of the proposed transferee. Thereafter, Tenant shall immediately furnish Landlord with any other information concerning the proposed transferee as Landlord shall request. 
  
 Upon receipt of such notice from Tenant, Landlord shall have the prior right
and option to sublet from Tenant, at a rental equal to the lesser of (a) the same rental (including adjustments thereto) as Tenant is required to pay hereunder or (b) the proposed sublease rent, and for the same term as the proposed transfer, the
portion of the premises specified in Tenant’s notice. Landlord shall exercise such option by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice (including all information required to accompany such notice),
during which period Tenant may not withdraw such notice. Such subletting by Landlord shall commence on the date stated in Landlord’s notice, which shall be no later than sixty (60) days after the date of Landlord’s notice. If Landlord
elects to sublet the premises pursuant to its right herein, then Landlord shall have the right for its own account to further sublease such portion of the premises to any person, including the proposed transferee, on such terms and conditions as
Landlord and such transferee may agree. If Landlord exercises its option as to less than all of the premises, Tenant shall provide access to such portion of the premises, the rental (as determined in Paragraph 3) and Tenant’s Share (as
determined in Paragraph 20) for the portion of the premises subject to such option shall be determined by a pro rata computation on the basis of the number of square feet subject to such option, and Tenant shall be relieved of any liability with
respect to the portion of the premises so subleased by Landlord until the term of such sublease expires or is terminated. 
  
 Notwithstanding the above to the contrary, if Landlord further subleases all or any portion of the premises to a third 

 party at a higher rent (taking into account any amounts which sublessee is required to pay as operating expense and tax
reimbursements) than that required hereunder, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such higher sublease rent and shall pay Tenant 50% of the excess rent collected from such sublessee until this lease expires or is terminated pursuant to the terms hereof
(but excluding any extended term) after deduction from such excess rent of Landlord’s expenses in connection with such sublease, provided that if any excess rent is payable to Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall not be released from its obligations
under this lease with respect to the portion of the premises so subleased. 
  
 If Landlord shall not exercise its prior right to sublet the premises from Tenant after receipt of Tenant’s notice, Landlord shall not unreasonably refuse its consent to Tenant’s transfer of the entire
premises. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, a transfer of less than all of the premises may result in overuse of the premises, overburdening of the building facilities, increased building management expenses, and increased costs of
demolition of tenant improvements at the termination of the lease. If Landlord reasonably determines that any such results will occur, Landlord may reasonably refuse to consent to any such partial transfer. Landlord may grant its consent on
reasonable conditions including but not limited to (i) Landlord’s reasonable approval of the proposed transferee’s financial status; (ii) Landlord’s reasonable approval of the proposed tenant improvement plan, including any
modifications affecting the HVAC system; (iii) a condition that the proposed tenant improvements are to be made either by or under the direction of Landlord (including a reasonable charge for Landlord’s overhead and administration) or by a
contractor reasonably approved by Landlord; and (iv) a condition that fifty percent (50%) of the rentals and other payments under any sublease collected by Tenant in excess of the rental required hereunder shall be paid to Landlord after deduction
of Tenant’s expenses in connection with such sublease. 
  
 Any transfer hereunder by Tenant shall not result in Tenant being released or discharged from any liability under this lease other than as specifically set forth above. As a condition to Landlord’s prior written consent as provided for
in this paragraph, the transferee(s) shall agree in writing to comply with and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this lease, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an executed
copy of each sublease and an agreement of said compliance by each transferee. Tenant shall not agree to any modification of such sublease, including any further transfer, without Landlord’s prior written consent. 
  
 If Landlord consents to any such subletting or assignment, Tenant shall pay
to Landlord the amount of all Landlord’s reasonable costs of processing such proposed transfer (including, without limitation, the costs of reasonable attorney’s and other professional fees (not to exceed an amount equal to five hours of
Landlord’s attorney’s time billed at the normal rate charged by such attorney for such services) and administrative, accounting and clerical time). 
  
 Consent to any transfer shall not constitute consent to any subsequent transfer. If Tenant makes any transfer without the prior written consent of
Landlord, Landlord may collect rent from the transferee and apply such rent against amounts owing hereunder without waiving its rights hereunder, and consent of Landlord shall not be deemed or presumed from such conduct. Landlord may, at its option,
terminate this lease in the event of any transfer of this lease which does not comply with the provisions of this paragraph. 
  
 6. REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS. Subject to any punchlist items prepared in accordance with Exhibit B and to any patent 

 defects discovered within 90 days after delivery of the premises or latent defects discovered within one year after
delivery (provided that nothing herein shall be construed to require Landlord to correct any items in the premises which were damaged by Tenant’s misuse thereof). Tenant agrees by taking possession of the premises as herein set forth that such
premises are then in a tentantable and good condition and conform with the requirements of this lease, that Tenant will take good care of the premises, and that the same will not be altered, repaired or changed without the written consent of the
Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, with advance written notice to Landlord but without the consent of Landlord, from time to time and at any time during the term of this lease, remove and move interior non-demising partitions, and
move wires, cabling and power poles and make other similar changes within the premises in accordance with its customary practice, provided that Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such work to Landlord’s satisfaction. Such changes may be
done by Tenant or its agents or by contractors hired by Tenant, at its own expense. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to or defect in any part of the premises, or in any equipment or utility system serving the premises, of which
Tenant becomes aware and which is likely to cause or result in death or injury to any person or damage to property notwithstanding that Landlord may have no obligation hereunder, Tenant agrees that all alterations, improvements, repairs or
maintenance of the premises shall, except as otherwise herein agreed, be made either by or under the direction of Landlord but at the expense of Tenant (including a reasonable charge for Landlord’s overhead and administration) and Tenant
hereby waives the provisions of Subdivision (1) of Section 1932 and of Sections 1941 and 1941.1 of the Civil Code of California, and all rights to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under the provisions of Section 1942 and 1942.1 of the Civil
Code or any other provision of law. Unless otherwise provided by written agreement, all alterations, improvements and changes that may be permitted by Landlord shall at the termination of the lease become the property of Landlord, and shall remain
upon and be surrendered with the premises, provided however, that at Landlord’s option and provided that Landlord has notified Tenant of Landlord’s election of such option at the time consent of such alteration is given, Tenant shall, at
Tenant’s expense, when surrendering the premises, remove the same and restore the premises to their original condition at the commencement of this lease, taking into account normal wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any improvement or fixture placed on the premises by Tenant at Tenant’s cost and expense may be removed from the premises by Tenant upon termination of this lease, provided that any damage to the premises caused
by such removal shall be repaired by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. All damage or injury done to the premises by Tenant, or by any persons who may be in or around the premises with the consent of Tenant, shall be paid for by Tenant. Tenant
shall, at the termination of this lease by the expiration of time or otherwise, surrender and deliver up the premises to Landlord in as good condition as when received by Tenant from Landlord, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or other
casualty excepted. Tenant shall pay for all damage to the building, the Project, or appurtenant areas or equipment, as well as all damage to tenants or occupants thereof or their property caused by Tenant or its employees or contractors. 

 
 Landlord shall diligently maintain and keep in good condition (comparable
with other first-class office buildings in the vicinity of the building) the building and all public areas thereof, including lobbies, elevators, and elevator lobbies, and the roof, basement, and foundation, the exterior walls thereof, all windows,
and structural components of the building, as well as all building systems, including the electrical system and the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system. 

 7. TRADE FIXTURES. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 4 and 6 hereof, Tenant may install and
maintain its trade fixtures on the premises, provided that such fixtures, by reason of the manner in which they are affixed, do not become an integral part of the building or premises. Tenant may at any time or from time to time during the term
hereof, or upon the expiration or termination of this lease, alter or remove any such trade fixtures so installed by Tenant. If not so removed by Tenant on or before the expiration or termination of this lease, Tenant, upon the request of Landlord,
shall remove the same. Any damage to the premises caused by any such installation, alteration or removal of such trade fixtures shall be promptly repaired at the expense of the Tenant. 
  
 8. SERVICES. Landlord shall furnish the premises, during reasonable and usual business hours as determined by Landlord and
subject to the regulations of the Project, with a reasonable amount of water and electricity suitable for general office uses including a normal complement of electrical office equipment (including the use of computers and related equipment for
desktop publishing by Tenant’s employees), daily janitor service, except on Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays, window washing with reasonable frequency (no less than twice a year or in accordance with industry standards, whichever is
greater), replacement of fluorescent tubes and light bulbs, toilet room supplies, and elevator service consisting of non-attended automatic elevators. Such heat and air-conditioning as may be required for the comfortable occupation of the premises
will be provided during the hours of 7:30 AM to 6:00 PM daily except Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays. During other hours, Landlord shall provide reasonable heat and air-conditioning upon twenty-four (24) hours’ notice by Tenant to
Landlord, and Tenant, upon presentation of a bill therefore, shall pay Landlord for such service on an hourly basis at the then prevailing rate as established by Landlord. 
  
 Landlord shall cause special meters to be installed in the premises and connected to the main electrical room to measure the
amount of electric current consumed for the four computer rooms located in the premises which will have 24 hour supplemental HVAC service. Tenant shall contribute $5,000 toward the cost of such meters and their installation; Landlord shall pay the
balance of such cost. Tenant shall establish a separate account with PG&E for service measured by such meters and shall pay PG&E directly for all such electric current so consumed. Tenant shall pay for the maintenance and repair of the
meters and supplemental HVAC units. Tenant shall pay all such charges within fifteen (15) days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord from time to time. Landlord shall not be liable for direct or indirect or consequential damage or damages for
(i) personal discomfort, inconvenience, illness, injury or death of Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees, clients, licensees, guests, customers or any other persons whatsoever, nor (ii) injury or damage to property, nor shall Tenant be entitled
to any compensation, diminution or abatement of rent, or any claim for constructive or actual eviction by reason of the operation or non-operation of any of the above-referenced equipment or systems, or by failure or deficiency of Landlord to
provide any of the above-referenced services, or for any interruption, reduction, or cessation of the supply, quality or character of any utility or other service, or for any act or omission on the part of any person(s) employed or retained by
Landlord to perform any work under this section, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors. Notwithstanding the above to the contrary, Tenant shall not be entitled to
assert a claim for consequential damages based on the loss of computer or other electronic data unless Tenant has taken prudent measures to implement backup storage of all such data on a regular basis (in no event less than once a day). 

 Landlord’s obligations hereunder are subject to adoption by Landlord of energy conservation measures
required or requested by any governmental entity or reasonably determined by Landlord, and Tenant shall cooperate fully in effectuating such energy conservation measures upon request of Landlord including without limitation those measures specified
in the Project Rules and Regulations. 
  
 9. INSURANCE.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this lease, Tenant at its expense shall maintain the following insurance coverages: (a) worker’s compensation insurance as may be required by law; (b) comprehensive general liability with “extended
liability” endorsement and adequate all risk property damage insurance (including without limitation plate glass coverage) in a form equivalent to the current Insurance Services Office “all risk” form, and issued by an insurer
reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, with a combined single liability limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, or such greater amount as Landlord may reasonably require from time
to time, which shall in no event be greater than the coverages then customarily required by landlords of office premises in the vicinity of the premises, insuring against all liability of Tenant and its authorized representatives arising out of and
in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the premises; and (c) “all risk” property insurance on Tenant’s personal property and fixtures and all Tenant’s improvements to the premises. Tenant’s property policies
shall not provide for deductible amounts in excess of $1,000 without the prior written consent of Landlord. All such insurance shall insure performance by Tenant of the indemnity and hold harmless provisions of Paragraph 10 hereof to the extent such
performance can be insured at reasonable rates. Landlord shall be named as an additional insured with Tenant on such liability policy, and such policy shall include cross-liability endorsements. Tenant’s liability policy of insurance shall be
primary and noncontributory to any insurance carried by Landlord. At the commencement of the lease term, and annually on renewal of such insurance, Tenant shall deliver to landlord an original certificate of such insurance from the insurer, which
certificate shall show the coverages required by this lease (including, without limitation, that Tenant’s insurance is primary and noncontributory with respect to any insurance of Landlord), that Landlord shall be an additional insured, and
shall provide that such policy shall not be canceled or modified without thirty (30) days prior written notice by the insurer to Landlord. If Tenant fails to obtain such insurance or to furnish such certificate as required in this Lease, Landlord
may (but only after having provided Tenant with ten (10) days’ written notice of Landlord’s intent to do so), but shall not be obligated to, obtain such insurance at the expense of Tenant, and Tenant shall promptly pay such expense to
Landlord. 
  
 Landlord may, without diminishing or affecting in
any way Tenant’s obligations to maintain insurance as herein provided, maintain any insurance coverage on the building, the Project, or the premises deemed appropriate by landlord in its sole discretion, including without limitation
lessor’s risk or comprehensive general liability insurance, worker’s compensation insurance, extended coverage, fire or casualty insurance, with replacement cost riders, flood or earthquake insurance, rental or business interruption
insurance, and such insurance may provide for such deductible amounts in amounts deemed appropriate by Landlord. Landlord shall have no obligation to maintain such insurance. Notwithstanding any contribution by Tenant to Landlord for insurance
premiums as part of the operating expenses as may be required in this lease, no insurable interest is conferred upon Tenant under any policies carried by Landlord, and Tenant shall have no right to receive any proceeds of insurance from policies
carried by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall 

 adequately insure the building and the public areas of the building in amounts not less than the full replacement cost of
such building and public areas, Landlord shall maintain public liability insurance in the coverage, type and amounts required of Tenant in this Paragraph 9, and shall maintain such other insurance as is customarily maintained by the operators and
owners of comparable office buildings in the same geographic area as the building. All such insurance shall insure performance by Landlord of Landlord’s indemnity and hold harmless provisions hereunder to the extent such performance can be
insured at reasonable rates. Landlord’s liability policy shall be primary and noncontributory to any insurance carried by Tenant. Landlord currently does not carry earthquake insurance on the building. If Landlord has not carried earthquake
insurance on the building at any time during the Base Year, Landlord shall obtain a quote for such insurance. In the event that Landlord elects to carry such insurance in any year after the Base Year, the Base Year Operating Expenses shall be
increased by the amount of the premium quoted to Landlord for such insurance. If Tenant desires to receive indemnity by way of insurance for any property, work or thing whatever, Tenant shall insure same for its own account and shall not look to
Landlord for reimbursement or recovery in the event of loss or damage from any cause, whether or not Landlord has insured same and recovered therefor. 
  
 Each party hereby waives its right of recovery against the other for any insured losses regardless of cause or origin, including negligence of the other
party hereto, and convenants that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against such other party. Each party shall advise insurers of the foregoing, and such waiver shall be a part of each policy maintained by each party which applies to
the premises or Tenant’s use and occupancy of any part thereof. 
  
 10. HOLD HARMLESS AND NONLIABILITY OF LANDLORD. Inasmuch as Tenant has agreed to carry the insurance-specified in Paragraph 9, the parties agree that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against
Landlord with respect to or arising out of, any death or injury or damage that may result to any person or property in or about the premises, or the Project, from any cause whatsoever, including but not limited to injury or damage resulting from any
defects in the Project or any equipment located therein, or from fire, water, gas, oil, electricity or other cause or any failure in the supply of same, or from the acts or omissions of any persons, including co-tenants, or any acts or omissions of
Landlord, except insofar as such injury or damage may result from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees. In addition, Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage for which Tenant is required to insure pursuant to
Paragraph 9, nor for any loss or damage resulting from any construction, alterations or repaid. 
  
 Except to the extent of Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against all claims, and
the expense of defending against such claims, for death or for injury or damage to persons or property occurring in or about the premises or occurring outside the premises but resulting in whole or in part by the negligence or willful misconduct of
Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. Tenant further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against any and all claims by or on behalf of any person, firm or corporation, arising from the conduct or management
of any work or thing whatsoever done by or for Tenant in or about or from transactions of Tenant concerning the premises, except for claims by Landlord’s contractors or other agents of Landlord performing work in the premises on behalf of
Tenant but under the direction of Landlord and will further indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against and from any and all claims arising from any 

 breach or default on the part of the Tenant to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall also
indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against all costs, counsel fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such claims or actions or proceedings brought thereon. If any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord by reason
of any such claims or liability, Tenant agrees to defend such action or proceeding at Tenant’s sole expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The provisions of this Paragraph 10 shall survive the expiration or termination of this
Lease. 
  
 Should Landlord, without fault on Landlord’s part,
be made a party to any litigation instituted by or against Tenant, or by or against any person holding under or using the premises by license of Tenant, or for the foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or any such
other person or otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or of any such other person, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of any judgment rendered against Landlord or the premises or any part thereof, and all
costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in or in connection with such litigation. 
  
 Except to the extent of Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless against all claims, and the
expense of defending against such claims, for death or for injury or damage to persons or property occurring in the Project which results in whole or in part by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, contractors,
licensees or invitees. Landlord will further indemnify and hold Tenant harmless against any and all claims arising from any breach or default on the part of Landlord to be performed pursuant to the terms of this lease. Landlord shall also indemnify
and hold Tenant harmless against all costs, counsel fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such claims or actions or proceedings brought thereon. If any action or proceeding is brought against Tenant by reason of any claims
or liability, Landlord agrees to defend such action or proceeding at Landlord’s sole expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. 
  
 Should Tenant, without fault on Tenant’s part, be made a party to litigation instituted by or against Landlord, or arising out of or resulting from
any act or transaction of Landlord, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of any judgment rendered against Tenant, and all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Tenant in or in connection with such litigation.

  
 11. DESTRUCTION. If the premises or the building wherein the
same are situated shall be destroyed by fire or other cause, or be so damaged thereby that they are untenantable and cannot be rendered tenantable within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such destruction or damage in the reasonable
opinion of the Landlord, Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of such destruction or damage, and either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this lease by giving written notice to the other within thirty (30)
days after the date of the first notice. If neither party elects to terminate this lease, or if the damage or destruction shall not be such as to permit termination of this lease as above provided, Landlord shall with due diligence, to the extent
possible with insurance proceeds received by Landlord, repair said premises, and a proportionate reduction shall be made in the rent herein corresponding to the time during which and to the extent by which Tenant shall be deprived of possession or
the use of the premises to conduct its business therein, as reasonably determined by Landlord. The provisions of Subdivision 2 of Section 1932 of the California Civil Code, and of 

 Subdivision 4 of Section 1933 of that Code, shall not apply to this lease, and Tenant waives the benefits of such
provisions. In repairing the premises, Landlord may use designs, plans and specifications other than those used in the original construction, and may alter or relocate any or all of the building, including the premises, provided that the premises as
altered or relocated shall be in all material respects reasonably comparable to the premises as defined herein. Leasehold improvements installed in the premises shall be repaired and rebuilt by Landlord only to the extent of any insurance proceeds
received by Landlord for the repair of such improvements. 
  
 12.
NOTICES. All notices, demands, requests, consents, or approvals (“notices” hereafter) which are required or authorized to be given by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this lease or by law, or which Landlord or Tenant may desire to give to
the other, shall be in writing. All notices to Landlord shall be addressed to Pell Development Company, 100 Smith Ranch Road, Suite 325, San Rafael, California 94903 or such other address as Landlord may from time to time request, and shall be
personally delivered to an employee of Landlord or served by mail. All notices to Tenant shall be addressed to Tenant at the premises, and shall be delivered to the premises, personally or by messenger or air courier, or served by mail addressed to
the premises, whether or not Tenant has departed from, abandoned, or vacated the premises, or to such other address as Tenant may from time to time designate in writing. Tenant waives the provisions of Section 1162 of the California Code of Civil
Procedure, provided that any notice to Tenant under Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure is given in compliance with this Paragraph. All notices served by mail shall be deposited in the United States mail, first class postage
prepaid (or, at the option of the party giving the notice, may be by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid), addressed as herein provided, and shall be effective on the day deposited in the mail, as determined by the postmark, or if there is
no postmark then by other competent evidence. 
  
 13. INSOLVENCY
OR RECEIVERSHIP. Either (a) the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Tenant, which appointment is not dissolved for a period of thirty (30) days thereafter, (b) a general assignment by Tenant
for the benefit of creditors, (c) any action taken or suffered by Tenant under any insolvency or bankruptcy or reorganization act, which action remains undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days, (d) the attachment, execution or other judicial
seizure of Tenant’s interest in this lease or in any substantial amount of Tenant’s assets located on the premises, which such seizure is not discharged for a period of thirty (30) days thereafter; or (e) an admission by Tenant in writing
of its inability to pay its debts as they become due, shall constitute a breach of this lease by Tenant. 
  
 14. DEFAULT. 
  
 (a) Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an event of default on the part of Tenant: (1) failure of Tenant to
pay rent or other payments when due hereunder, such failure continuing for a period of ten (10) days after Landlord gives Tenant written notice of such failure; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to provide such notice more than
twice during the term of this lease, the third such nonpayment constituting default without requirement of notice; (2) vacation or abandonment by Tenant of the premises without payment of rent; (3) transfer of Tenant’s interest in this lease,
or any part thereof, either voluntarily or by operation of law, without the consent of Landlord as provided in Paragraph 5 hereof; (4) occurrence of a breach of this lease under Paragraph 13 hereof, relating to the financial condition of Tenant; (5)
failure 

 of Tenant to cure a breach of an obligation under this lease which results in a nuisance to other tenants in the Project
or to Landlord, presents a hazard to persons or property, creates an unsightly condition, or causes a breach by Landlord in any financing documents to which Landlord is a party with respect to the Project, within 24 hours after notice of such
breach; (6) failure of Tenant to perform any other obligation, covenant, or agreement under this lease, other than those matters specified above, such failure continuing for thirty (30) days after notice of such failure (or such longer period as is
reasonably necessary to remedy such default, provided that Tenant shall, within such thirty (30) day period commence and thereafter continuously and diligently pursue such remedy at all times until such default is cured). If Tenant’s default is
a failure to pay rent or other payments when due hereunder, Landlord may require Tenant to remit all future payments by certified check. 
  
 (b) Remedies. In the event Tenant is in default under this lease, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies, which shall be cumulative,
and any other remedies provided by law: 
  
 Without prejudice to
any of the remedies that Landlord may have under this lease, or at law or equity by reason of Tenant’s default, Landlord may (i) terminate this lease and avail itself of all the rights and remedies of the Landlord provided by section 1951.2 of
the Civil Code of the State of California, or successor Code section; (ii) elect to have the lease continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, in which case Landlord may enforce all of its rights
and remedies under this lease, including (but without limitation) the right to cover all unpaid rental, including adjustments pursuant to Paragraph 20 hereof, as it becomes due, and Landlord, without terminating this lease, may exercise all of the
rights and remedies of a Landlord under section 1951.4 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor Code section; (iii) enter the premises in accordance with law, having terminated this lease, and remove therefrom all persons and
property, store such property in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant, and sell such property and apply the proceeds therefrom pursuant to applicable California law, all as attorney in fact for Tenant, and
(iv) have a receiver appointed for Tenant, upon application by Landlord, to take possession of the premises and to apply any rental collected from the premises and to exercise all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord as attorney in fact for
Tenant pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above. Acts of maintenance and preservation or efforts to lease the premises or the appointment of a receiver upon application of Landlord to protect its interest under the Lease shall not be construed as a
termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the premises under Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code, or any successor law thereto, nor shall any such act be construed as an election on Landlord’s part to terminate this lease
unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. 
  
 If Landlord elects to terminate this lease after Tenant’s default, Landlord may recover all amounts provided in §1951.2 of the California Civil
Code (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of recovering the premises, the reasonable costs and expenses of subletting or re letting the premises including reasonable attorneys’ fees and any real estate commissions actually
paid or incurred, provided that any commission paid to a company owned by Landlord shall not exceed the prevailing market rate for such commission, and any reasonable costs and expenses of repairs or alterations necessary for such sub letting or re
letting) with interest thereon at the rate herein provided, and any additional amounts which may now or hereafter be authorized by law. 

 If Landlord subleases the premises, then upon each such subletting, Tenant shall immediately pay to
Landlord (in addition to any other amounts due hereunder) all costs and expenses of such subletting, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and any real estate commissions actually paid or incurred (provided that any commission
paid to a company owned by Landlord shall not exceed the prevailing market rate for such commissions) and any reasonable costs and expenses of such alterations and repairs, and the present worth of the amount, if any, by which the unpaid rentals and
other amounts due hereunder for any portion of the balance of the term of this lease included in the period of such subletting exceed the rentals reserved in such sublease (computing present worth by assuming the legal rate of interest), less the
amount, if any, of said rental loss which Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, with interest on all such sums at the rate herein provided. Rents received by Landlord from such re letting shall be applied; first, to the payment of any
unpaid sums due to Landlord from Tenant under the preceding sentence hereof; second, to the payment of any indebtedness, other than monthly rent, due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord (including interest on defaulted payments hereunder); third, to
the payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent or other obligations as the same may become due and payable hereunder. If rentals received from such a sublet ting
during any month are less than rentals and other payments to be paid during or prior to that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord. Any such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. For purposes of any
subletting under this Paragraph 14, and for all related purposes, Landlord is hereby irrevocably appointed attorney in fact for Tenant. 
  
 Landlord shall have the right to cure any default of Tenant at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall pay to Landlord immediately upon demand 110% of all
costs incurred by Landlord in curing any such default. No such cure by Landlord shall constitute a waiver by Landlord of the default of Tenant or prevent Landlord from exercising the other remedies herein provided for default by Tenant. 

 
 (c) Late charges. Tenant acknowledges that late payments by Tenant
to Landlord of rent or other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this lease, including without limitation processing and accounting charges, administrative expense, and additional interest expense or late
charges to Landlord resulting from late payment by Landlord of payments due on obligations of Landlord, whether or not secured by an encumbrance on the premises. Tenant acknowledges that the exact amount of such damages would be extremely difficult
and impractical to ascertain, and that the expense of attempting to ascertain the exact amount of such damages would be an additional cost not contemplated by this lease. Accordingly, in the event that Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of
rent or any sum due hereunder within ten (10) days after the date such amount is due, and without regard to whether Landlord gives Tenant notice of such failure or exercises any remedy herein provided for default by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord as additional rent a late charge equal to one percent (1%) of each such installment or other sum. Landlord and Tenant agree that the late charge herein provided is a reasonable estimate of the damages which Landlord shall incur by reason of
late payment by Tenant. Landlord’s acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount if Tenant fails to pay such amount within any applicable grace period provided in this
lease, nor shall such acceptance prevent Landlord from exercising any rights or remedies herein provided for default by Tenant. 

 (d) Other. In Addition to the foregoing, and regardless of whether Landlord has exercised any
remedies for default hereunder, if Tenant is in default hereunder, Tenant shall have no right to exercise any right, option, or privilege granted to Tenant hereunder or in any other agreement relating to the premises, the building or the Project,
and any attempt to exercise such a right, option or privilege shall be void and of no effect whatsoever, provided, however, that Tenant’s right to possession of the premises, and Tenant’s rights to sublet the premises or assign its lease
pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 5 hereof, shall not be deemed terminated unless Landlord terminates the lease by written notice as herein provided. Any period provided herein for the exercise by Tenant of any right, option or privilege
hereunder shall not be tolled, extended, or otherwise affected to the benefit of Tenant by reason of any such disability of Tenant hereunder regardless of any attempt by Tenant to exercise a right, option or privilege hereunder while Tenant is in
default hereunder. Any defaulted payments hereunder shall bear interest at 5% per annum plus the greater of (i) the Federal Reserve Bank rate, specified in Article 15, Section 1 of the California Constitution, prevailing on the 25th day of the month
preceding execution of this lease (it being understood that this lease is not a contract to make a loan or forbearance), or (ii) such Federal Reserve Bank rate prevailing on the 25th day of the month preceding the date such defaulted payment was due
hereunder, regardless of whether Landlord exercises any remedies hereunder. 
  
 Provided that Landlord acts reasonably and in good faith hereunder, and in accordance with all applicable laws, Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord’s re entering and taking
possession of the premises or removing and storing the property of Tenant as authorized in this paragraph and Paragraph 15 hereof, and will hold Landlord harmless against all loss, costs or damages occasioned thereby, and no such re entry shall be
considered or construed to be a forcible entry. 
  
 15. REMOVAL OF
PROPERTY. Whenever Landlord shall remove any property of Tenant from the premises and store the same elsewhere for the account, and at the expense and risk, of Tenant as provided in Paragraph 14 hereof, and Tenant shall fail to pay the cost of
storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Landlord may sell any or all such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may
reasonably deem proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant, for the payment of any part of such charges or the removal of any such property, and shall apply the proceeds of such sale; first, to all reasonable costs and expenses of such sale,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees actually incurred; second, to the payment of all reasonable costs of or charges for removing or storing any such property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then or thereafter be due
to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms hereof or otherwise; and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant. Tenant does not hereby waive any protections afforded Tenant under applicable law and Tenant anticipates that Landlord will at all times
act reasonably and in good faith, and in accordance with all applicable law. 
  
 16. WAIVER. No provision of this lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord except by a writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, covenant, or condition herein contained shall not be
deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver
of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant, or condition of this lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rental so accepted, 

 regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. No endorsement
on any check or other form of payment or statement in any communication accompanying any payment shall be deemed an accord or satisfaction, and Landlord may accept any payment without prejudice to any rights Landlord may have at law or under this
lease. Any consent by Landlord to any act or omission by Tenant for which Landlord’s consent is required hereunder shall not be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent act or omission of the same or different nature, nor shall any such consent
be deemed to be a waiver of the requirement of Landlord’s consent for any subsequent act or omission of the same or different nature. 
  
 17. COSTS OF SUIT. If Tenant or Landlord shall bring any action for any relief against the other, declaratory or otherwise, arising out of this lease or
Tenant’s occupancy of the premises, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the premises, the losing party shall pay the successful party a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees in such suit, which may be
determined by the court, and such attorneys’ fees shall be deemed to have accrued on the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment. 
  
 18. TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT. Tenant shall pay, before delinquency, all taxes
levied against, imposed upon, measured by, or resulting from or with respect to (a) any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the premises; (b) any improvements (“Special Improvements”) to the premises in excess
of building standard improvements, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant; (c) the possession, lease, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, improvement, repair, use or occupancy of the premises or any portion thereof; (d) this transaction or
any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest or estate in the premises; (e) the cost and expenses of contesting the amount or validity of any of the foregoing taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have
the right to contest the effect and applicability of any such taxes to Tenant and/or the premises, so long as Tenant uses reasonable measures to protect Landlord’s interest in the building and the premises. If any such taxes are levied against
Landlord or Landlord’s property, and if Landlord pays the same, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity of such levy (but only after having provided Tenant ten (10) days’ notice of Landlord’s intent to
make such payment), or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such personal property, trade fixtures or Special Improvements of Tenant, and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon
such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof, but subject to Tenant’s right to contest the validity of any taxes provided for herein and only after ten (10) days’ written notice to
Tenant of Landlord’s intent to make such payment. Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord, or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be. The amount
of any tax upon Tenant’s personal property attached to the premises, trade fixtures or Special Improvements which is included in the property tax assessment for the building shall be determined on the basis of the records of the County Assessor
if such records are sufficiently detailed to allow such determination, and if not, then the amount shall be determined on the basis of the actual cost of construction or installation thereof. 
  
 19. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the premises, building, and the Project, free
from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. 
  
 20. RENTAL ADJUSTMENT. The monthly rental provided in Paragraph 3 shall be subject to adjustment as follows: 
  
 (a) Landlord shall bear the Project Taxes and Operating Expenses during the
Base Year, which is calendar year 1991. If Project Taxes and Operating Expenses in any subsequent year of the lease term exceed the Base Year Project Taxes and Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay to Landlord with respect to each such year,
Tenant’s Share of such excess. The Base Year Project Taxes shall include all Taxes that are assessed or are payable during the Base Year whether or not such taxes are actually paid during such Base Year. 

 (b) Tenant shall pay its share of any such excess in the following manner: After the first calendar year
following the Base Year (hereinafter referred to, together with each successive calendar year of the lease term, as the “Comparison Year”), Landlord shall calculate the actual Project Taxes and Operating Expenses and Tenant’s share of
the excess amount over the Base Year Project Taxes and Operating Expenses. Landlord shall notify Tenant of the total amount of its share of the excess. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the full amount of its share of the excess for the first Comparison
Year within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the invoice. One-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant’s share of the excess for the first Comparison Year shall be added to the monthly rental payments required to be made by Tenant in the current
calendar year as an estimated amount of Tenant’s share of the excess for the current Comparison Year, and any installments which would have been payable in the months preceding Landlord’s notice to Tenant shall be payable on or before the
first day of the next month following the date of Landlord’s notice. For example, if the notice to Tenant is delivered in March, the installment of Tenant’s share for the months of January, February and March shall be paid by Tenant on or
before April 1. The procedure outlined above shall be repeated in each successive Comparison Year, provided that the total amount of monthly payments made by Tenant in any Comparison Year shall be deducted from its share of the excess amount for
such Comparison Year, with the balance to be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the reconciliation statement for such Comparison Year, or with any overpayment by Tenant to be credited against the next installment of rent due
under the lease, and further provided that Tenant shall pay the same installment amount in each Comparison Year as in the prior year until such amount is adjusted by Landlord in the reconciliation statement for the prior Comparison Year. 

 
 (c) Landlord shall, as soon as practicable but not later than 120 days
after the close of any calendar year for which rental was increased under Subparagraph 20 (a) hereof, deliver to Tenant a written statement summarizing actual Project Taxes and Operating Expenses for such calendar year and showing Tenant’s
Share of any excess over the Base Year Project Taxes and Operating Expenses. Provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder, if Tenant disputes the amount set forth in such statement, Tenant shall have the right, by written request made not later
than sixty (60) days following receipt of such statement, to cause Landlord’s books and records with respect to such calendar year (and in calendar year 1993, with respect to the Base Year) to be audited by independent certified public
accountants mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. Prior to any such audit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a deposit equal to the full amount of any unpaid amount in dispute and a sum specified by Landlord’s accountant for the estimated fees
of Landlord’s accountant in connection with such audit. Notwithstanding the above, Tenant may elect to deposit such disputed amount with a neutral escrow holder by so notifying Landlord provided that in such event, Tenant shall pay, the escrow
holder’s fee and the audit must be concluded, and Tenant shall cause the escrow holder to release any amounts determined to be owed to Landlord, no later than sixty (60) days following the original due date for the disputed amount. All amounts
held in such escrow account shall bear interest at the highest available 

 rate for short-term deposits for the benefit of Tenant, unless such audit reveals that the amount in dispute is in fact
owing to Landlord, in which case such interest shall be for the benefit of Landlord. The amounts payable under Subparagraph 20(b) by Landlord to Tenant or Tenant to Landlord, as the case may be, shall be appropriately adjusted on the basis of such
audit. If such audit discloses a liability for further refund by Landlord to Tenant in excess of ten percent (10%) of the amount determined by Landlord pursuant to this subparagraph 20(c) hereof as Tenant’s Share of actual excess Project Taxes
and Operating Expenses for such calendar year, the cost of such audit shall be borne by Landlord; otherwise the cost of such audit shall be borne by Tenant. Tenant shall pay all reasonable expenses of Landlord in connection with any inspection or
audit of Landlord’s books and records hereunder (including without limitation reasonable accounting or legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection therewith), unless under the terms of this subparagraph 20(c) Landlord is required to pay the
cost of an audit for the calendar year covered by Tenant’s inspection or audit. If Tenant shall not request an audit in accordance with the provisions of this subparagraph 20(c) within sixty (60) days of receipt of Landlord’s statement,
such statement shall be conclusively binding upon Tenant, except in the case of fraud or intentional misrepresentation. 
  
 (d) Tenant’s obligation under this Paragraph 20 for any fraction of a calendar year at the and of the lease term shall be determined by prorating
Tenant’s obligation hereunder on the basis which the number of days in such fractional calendar year in the lease term bears to 365. If the lease term terminates during a calendar year, additional rent payable hereunder, as pro-rated, shall be
due and payable when determined notwithstanding the termination of this lease. If this lease shall be terminated by Landlord pursuant to the default provisions of Paragraph 14, Tenant’s liability under this Paragraph 20 shall immediately be due
and payable, based upon Landlord’s current projection as to likely excess actual Project Taxes and Operating Expenses if the same are not yet then ascertainable with certainty, with any such projection and payment by Tenant subject to
subsequent adjustment if such projection shall thereafter prove to be less than 95% accurate. For purposes of this Paragraph 20, Project Taxes and Operating Expenses for any year during which the Project is not fully occupied shall be calculated by
projection as if the Project were 95% occupied during the entire calendar year. 
  
 (e) For the purposes of this paragraph the following definitions shall apply: 
  
 (1) “Taxes” shall include (a) all real estate taxes, possessory interest taxes, personal property taxes levied upon, measured by, or assessed
to Landlord in connection with the Project other than taxes covered by Paragraph 18, and any other taxes, charges and assessments (including, without limitation, any taxes, charges or assessments for public improvements, services or benefits,
whether or not commenced or completed prior to the commencement of the lease term or not to be completed during the lease term, transit development fees, housing funds, education funds, street highway or traffic fees, environmental charges or fees
imposed as a means of controlling or abating environmental degradation [including without limitation a special assessment levied to fund a clean up or remediation of an area-wide environmental problem but excluding those charges, fees or penalties
which are incurred by Landlord as a direct result of the presence of Toxic Materials in or around the Project with respect to which Landlord has elected or is obliged to perform certain removal, clean up, remediation or restoration work, either
voluntarily or pursuant to a government clean up order] or energy use) which are levied with respect to or in connection with the Project, and any improvements, fixtures and equipment and all other 

 property of Landlord, real or personal, located in or around the Project and used in connection with the operation of the
Project; and (b) any other tax, charge, assessment, fee or governmental imposition or charge of every kind or nature whatsoever assessed to Landlord in connection with the Project, any part thereof, or the premises (other than estate taxes,
inheritance taxes, or net income taxes payable against nonrental as well as rental income) whether or not in addition to or in lieu of such real estate and possessory interest or personal property taxes, whether or not now customary or within the
contemplation of the parties hereto, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, or similar or dissimilar to any of the foregoing, including by way of illustration but not limitation any and all taxes, impositions, charges, fees or
assessments (i) upon, allocable to, or measured by the area of the premises or the Project or on the rent payable hereunder or the rent payable on the premises or the Project or any portion thereof, including without limitation any gross income tax,
excise tax or value added tax, levied by any governmental or quasi-governmental entity with respect to the Project, any part thereof, or such rent, and (ii) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance,
alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Landlord or Tenant of the premises or the Project or any portion thereof; and (c) the reasonable cost and expenses of contesting the amount or validity of any of the foregoing taxes. In the event that it shall
not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Share of any tax, as defined herein, the rent payable to Landlord under this lease shall be revised to yield to Landlord the same net rent from the premises after imposition of any
such tax upon Landlord as would have been received by Landlord hereunder prior to the imposition of such tax. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Paragraph, “Taxes” shall not include: (i) any increase in Taxes occasioned by
an increased assessment resulting from a transfer of the building by Landlord during the first five (5) years of this lease; (ii) any fines or penalties paid by Landlord to any taxing entity unless such fines or penalties result from Tenant’s
failure to pay amounts due hereunder; or (iii) any taxes, assessments or fees, or the portion of any taxes, assessments or fees, attributable to the parking garage located in the building. 
  
 (2) “Operating Expenses” shall mean all costs and expenses of
ownership, operation and maintenance of the Project (excluding depreciation on the buildings, all amounts paid on loans of Landlord, real estate brokers’ commissions, and expenses capitalized for federal income tax purposes except as specified
herein) including by way of illustration but not limited to: utilities; supplies; insurance; business license, permit, inspection and other authorization fees, charges, exactions and taxes; special charges or assessments for services provided to the
Project, including without limitation sewer, water, fire or police protection; cost of services of independent contractors (including without limitation accounting and legal services and property management fees, but only to the extent of customary
property management fees charged by independent third-party office building managers for office buildings in the vicinity of the building); cost of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform regular and
recurring duties connected with day-to-day operation, maintenance and repair of the buildings, their equipment and the adjacent walks, malls, arcades, atriums, balconies, roof gardens, parking garage and landscaped areas, including without
limitation janitorial, scavenger, gardening and landscaping, security, operating engineer, elevator, painting, plumbing, electrical, carpentry, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, window washing, signing and advertising (but excluding persons
performing services not uniformly available to or performed for substantially all Project tenants); maintenance and repair expenses, including but not limited to capital expenditures required to meet changed government regulations and governmental

 regulations for environmental protection or energy conservation, (whether or not capitalized for income tax purposes),
and rental expenses or a reasonable allowance for depreciation of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project: Landlord’s reasonable administration expense, but in no event to include salaries of
Landlord’s employees above the grade of building manager and only to the extent that such expense does not exceed, when added to the property management fee described above, those fees customarily charged for property management services for
office buildings in the vicinity of the building; and the cost of contesting the validity, amount, or applicability of any governmental enactments or other expenses which may affect Operating Expenses. If Landlord makes capital improvements which
have the effect of reducing operating expenses, Landlord may amortize the cost of such improvements (together with interest thereon at the actual cost of such funds to Landlord or, if such funds were not borrowed, at the prime rate then in effect
for the Bank of America) as an operating expense in accordance with reasonable accounting procedures, provided that such amortization shall not be at a rate which exceeds the anticipated savings in Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
for the purposes of determining Operating Expenses for any calendar year, (i) Operating Expenses shall not include any costs or expenses attributable to the maintenance, repair or operation of the parking garage located in the building; and (ii)
Operating Expenses for the Project shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted standards for determining such expenses for similar buildings in the same geographic area as the building. 
  
 (3) “Tenant’s Share” is agreed to be thirty-seven and 54/100
percent (37.54%). If any portion of the building is at any time leased to a tenant, retail or otherwise, on the basis of a triple net lease pursuant to which that tenant will pay for all taxes and operating expenses attributable to its premises
without the benefit of a base year contribution by Landlord, Landlord shall exclude the amount of such taxes and operating expenses attributable to said premises and shall adjust the percentage amount of Tenant’s Share based on a deduction of
the square footage of said premises from the building square footage used in the calculation of Tenant’s Share. 
  
 21. SUBORDINATION. Tenant agrees that this lease shall be unconditionally subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or like encumbrance
heretofore or hereafter placed upon the Project or the premises by Landlord or its successors in interest, to secure the payment of monies loaned, interest thereon and/or other obligations, and this lease also shall be unconditionally subject and
subordinate to any ground lease or underlying lease heretofore or hereafter affecting the Project. In the event that, subsequent to the execution of this lease, a new mortgage, deed of trust or like encumbrance on the premises is created, or a
ground lease or underlying lease to which this lease shall be subordinate is entered into, then this lease shall be subject and subordinate to such encumbrance or lease only if Landlord obtains from such mortgagor or lessor a written agreement in
form acceptable to such mortgagor or lessor, providing substantially that Tenant’s rights under this lease shall not be affected by any foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure of, or sale under such encumbrances for so long as Tenant
performs its obligations under this lease (or, in the case of a ground lease or underlying lease, Tenant’s rights shall not be affected by any termination of such lease for so long as Tenant performs its obligations under this lease). Tenant
agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand of Landlord, any and all instruments desired by Landlord, subordinating in the manner requested by Landlord, this lease to such mortgage, deed of trust, like encumbrance, ground lease, or underlying lease,
provided that such written instrument contains the non-disturbance language provided for herein. 

 22. OFFSET STATEMENT. Within ten (10) days after written request therefor by Landlord, or in the event of
any sale, assignment or hypothecation of the premises and/or the Project or any portion thereof, by Landlord, Tenant agrees to deliver in recordable form a certificate to any proposed mortgagee, trust deed beneficiary or purchaser, or to Landlord,
in form satisfactory to the addressee, certifying as to (a) the date of this lease and any amendments thereto, (b) the date upon which this lease term commenced and will end, (c) the fact that this lease, as so amended, is in full force and effect
and has not been modified except as stated, (d) whether any rentals are then prepaid or unpaid hereunder, (e) whether any defaults then exist hereunder, (f) whether Tenant claims any offsets or defenses to any obligation imposed hereunder and (g)
any other information reasonably requested of Tenant. If Tenant is provided with a proposed form of such certificate, and fails to execute same within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, Tenant agrees that all statements made in such proposed
certificate shall be deemed true and binding upon Tenant for all purposes. Tenant acknowledges that any proposed mortgagee, trust deed beneficiary, or purchaser, or Landlord, may rely on the truth of statements set forth in such certificate as
executed by Tenant or may rely upon the failure of Tenant to execute such statement within said ten (10) day period as conclusive evidence of the truth thereof. Within ten (10) days after written request therefor by Tenant, Landlord agrees to
deliver in recordable form to Tenant, in form satisfactory to the addressee, such offset statement certifying to the matters described above, but as to Landlord’s interest in the lease. 
  
 23. ATTORNMENT. In the event of a termination of all or any part of
Landlord’s interest in the building or the Project due to sale or other disposition, or from any cause whatsoever or in the event of the foreclosure of or exercise of a power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord covering
the premises, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize as Landlord hereunder, Landlord’s assignee or successor in interest or the purchaser at such foreclosure or sale in lieu thereof, as the case may be. Provided that such successor-in-interest to
Landlord expressly assumes the obligations of this lease, any such sale, disposition, or other termination of Landlord’s interest in the premises shall operate to release Landlord from any future liability (but not liability as to events which
occurred prior to Landlord’s transfer of the premises, notwithstanding that a claim therefor may arise after such sale, foreclosure, or sale in lieu thereof) under any of the covenants or conditions of this lease, express or implied, in favor
of Tenant, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of Landlord’s successor in interest under this lease, as limited by Paragraph 29 hereof. 
  
 24. CONDEMNATION. Should the whole or any part of the premises be condemned and taken by any competent authority for any
public or quasi-public use or purpose, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing. All awards payable on account of such condemnation and taking shall be payable to Landlord, and Tenant hereby waives all interest in or claim to said awards, or any part
thereof; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or require Tenant to assign to the Landlord any award made payable to Tenant and specifically designated as compensation for the taking of
personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant at the expiration of the term of the lease or for the unamortized value of any tenant improvements in the premises paid for by Tenant, for the value of Tenant’s
goodwill, or for the interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business or for any costs or expenses of relocating Tenant’s business. If the whole of the premises shall be so condemned and taken, then this lease shall terminate effective
thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery of a notice to Tenant to such effect. If a part only of the premises is condemned and taken 

 and the remaining portion thereof is not suitable for the purposes of which Tenant had leased said premises (including
the accommodation of all Tenant’s employees and equipment comfortably therein), either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this lease upon thirty days’ notice to the other, which notice must be served on the other within ten (10) days of
Landlord’s delivery of the notice of condemnation to Tenant. If by such condemnation and taking a part only of the premises is taken, and the remaining part thereof is suitable for the purposes for which Tenant has leased said premises, this
lease shall continue, but the rental shall be reduced in an amount proportionate to the value of the portion taken as it related to the total value of the premises. 
  
 25. WAIVER OF REDEMPTION; HOLDING OVER. Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and all those claiming under Tenant, all right now
or hereafter existing to redeem the leased premises after termination of Tenant’s right of occupancy by notice of termination by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 14 hereof or by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ. If
Tenant holds over after the term hereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month to month only, and not a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case rental and all other
payments provided herein shall be payable in the amount (as adjusted hereunder) and at the time specified in Paragraph 3 hereof, and in other provisions hereof, and such month to month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant, and
agreement contained herein except as to the term of this lease. 
  
 26. ENTRY AND INSPECTION. Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter into and upon the premises upon reasonable notice and at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, or for the purpose of showing same to
prospective purchasers, mortgagees, or tenants, or for the purpose of protecting the interest therein of Landlord or to post notices of non responsibility, or to make alterations or additions to the premises or to any other portion of the building
in which the premises are situated, including the erection of scaffolding or other mechanical devices, or to provide any service provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, including window cleaning and janitor service, without any rebate of rent to
Tenant for any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the premises, or damage, injury or inconvenience thereby occasioned. The above rights are subject to the requirement that Landlord shall at all times act in a manner to avoid unreasonable
interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business. For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon, and about the premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and
safes, computer rooms and tape storage areas or special security areas (designated in a writing signed by Tenant and Landlord in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem necessary or proper to open
said doors in an emergency, without liability of Landlord to Tenant, in order to obtain entry to any portion of the premises, and provided Landlord acts reasonably and in good faith, any entry to the premises, or portions thereof obtained by
Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the premises or any
portions thereof. 
  
 27. BUILDING PLANNING. Landlord shall have
the right at any time, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without incurring any liability to Tenant therefore, to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and
corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the building and the Project, and to change the name, number or designation by which the building or the 

 Project is commonly known. The above rights are subject to the requirement that Landlord shall at all times act in a
manner to avoid unreasonable interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business. 
  
 28. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. Tenant, at its sole cost, shall comply with all laws relating to the storage, use and disposal of hazardous, toxic or radioactive matter, including those materials identified in Sections
66680 through 66685 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 30 (“Title 22”), as they may be amended from time to time (collectively, “Toxic Materials”). If Tenant does store, use or dispose of any
Toxic Materials in any amount significant enough to require regulation thereof by applicable federal, state or local law, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least ten (10) days after Tenant first learns of their presence on the premises.
Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and its Agents harmless from and against all claims, costs and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection
with Tenant’s storage, use and disposal of Toxic Materials. Tenant shall further be solely responsible for and shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and its Agents harmless from and against all claims, costs, damages and liabilities,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with the removal, clean up, remediation and restoration work and materials necessary to return the premises and any other property of whatever nature to their
condition existing prior to Tenant’s use, storage or disposal of the Toxic Materials in or around the premises or the Project but only to the extent necessitated by Tenant’s use, storage and/or disposal of such Toxic Materials.
Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall survive the termination of this Lease. If at any time during or after the term of this Lease, as it may be extended, Tenant becomes aware of any inquiry, investigation, administrative proceeding, or judicial
proceeding by any governmental agency regarding the storage, use or disposition of any Toxic Materials by Tenant or its Agents on or about the premises or the Project, Tenant shall within five (5) days after first learning of such inquiry,
investigation or proceeding give Landlord written notice advising Landlord of same. 
  
 Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against all claims, costs, damages and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with the
presence of any Toxic Materials in, on, under, or about the building or the premises used, stored or disposed of by Landlord. Except as specifically provided above with respect to removal, cleanup, remediation and/or restoration work required by
Tenant’s use, storage, or disposal of Toxic Materials, Tenant shall not be liable for nor shall Tenant bear any cost of any removal of Toxic Materials from or clean up or restoration work on the premises. Landlord hereby represents and warrants
that, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, no Toxic Materials in any amount significant enough to require regulation thereof by applicable federal, state or local law, have been placed in, on, about, or under the premises or the Project by
Landlord; neither the premises nor the building contain any asbestos containing materials and no polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) are located in any light ballasts, transformers or otherwise on, under, or about the premises or the Project.

  
 29. LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY. In the event of
any actual or alleged failure, breach or default by Landlord hereunder pertaining to the premises, the building, or the Project, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such default and Landlord shall not be deemed in default hereunder unless
Landlord fails to diligently commence to cure such default within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice. In consideration 

 of the benefits accruing to Tenant hereunder, Tenant agrees for itself and its successors and assigns that in the event
of any such failure, breach or default, or of any damage to Tenant from any act or omission of Landlord or Landlord’s agents pertaining to the premises or the Project, the sole and exclusive remedy of Tenant shall be against Landlord’s
interest in the Project, that any judgment obtained against Landlord, any person who owns an interest in the building or land or any agent of Landlord, or such other person shall be satisfied solely by execution of the judgment and levy against the
right, title and interest of Landlord or such person in the Project, and rentals therefrom. Neither Landlord, any person who owns any interest whatsoever in the Project, nor any agent of Landlord or such person shall be personally liable for any
deficiency after such execution and levy. 
  
 30. SUCCESSORS AND
ASSIGNS. Subject to the provisions hereof relating to assignment, mortgaging, pledging and subletting, this lease is intended to and does bind the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of any and all of the parties hereto.

  
 31. SECURITY. Tenant has deposited with Landlord the sum of
*** as the Security Deposit for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. Title to the Security Deposit has been transferred to Landlord subject only to Tenant’s right to the return of the
Security Deposit as set forth below. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall terminate to the extent of any payments due hereunder, and Landlord may apply all or
any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or other sum in default, the repair of such damage to the premises or the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s
default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default to the full extent permitted by law. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days
after written demand therefor, deposit cash or a good check with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds,
and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. If Tenant is not otherwise in default, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at its last address known to Landlord within thirty (30) days of
termination of the Lease. 
  
 32. PARKING. Landlord agrees that
Tenant shall be provided on a non-exclusive basis with up to fifty (50) non-reserved automobile parking spaces at a monthly cost of $90 per vehicle during the first five (5) years of the lease term and $120 per month per vehicle during the second
five (5) years of the Lease term. Landlord shall have the right to adjust the monthly cost of each parking space in the event that the City of San Francisco parking tax is increased or any other governmental entity imposes or increases a charge
which is specifically applicable to parking garages. The amount of the increase for each vehicle shall be in proportion to the amount of the increase or new imposition which is allocable to each parking space. Tenant’s right to use of the
parking shall be subject to timely payment of the parking charges set forth herein and subject to further reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may establish from time to time and to all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations.
Such number of parking spaces shall be subject to pro rata reduction if a lesser area shall hereafter be contained in the definition of the premises subject to this lease. If Tenant elects to use less than fifty spaces at the commencement of the
Lease term, Tenant shall give Landlord two months prior written notice before increasing the 

 number of spaces used by Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to assign Tenant certain reserved tandem parking spaces on
an exclusive basis at a lower monthly rate in lieu of a portion of Tenant’s nonexclusive, nonreserved spaces. Should Tenant request additional parking spaces in excess of the number of spaces provided herein, any additional spaces that Landlord
makes available to Tenant shall be subject to the per diem or monthly parking space rental rate then applicable to other rental parking spaces adjacent to the building. Said parking spaces shall be located in the parking garage which is part of the
Project. Landlord shall keep the parking area clean, lighted, secure and in good repair. All parking areas provided by Landlord hereunder shall be deemed a part of the premises for purposes of Tenant’s obligations under Paragraphs 9 and 10
hereof. Landlord may designate certain parking areas as Visitors’ Parking, to be reserved for guests and/or visitors of the Project, and Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall not park in areas designated for Visitors’ Parking.

  
 33. SUITE IDENTIFICATION. Landlord will provide, at
Tenant’s expense, Tenant’s name plate and suite number on the lobby directory board in building standard design. Landlord shall provide as part of the tenant improvements to be provided pursuant to Exhibit B, agreed upon signage on each
floor of the Building which is occupied by Tenant. Tenant also shall be permitted to have an exterior sign in a location to be mutually agreed upon by the parties. The size, color and design of Tenant’s exterior sign has been approved by
Landlord. At or prior to the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to remove such sign. The cost of Tenant’s sign maintenance and all removal expenses (including any repairs which are necessary as a result of such removal)
shall be Tenant’s sole expense. 
  
 34. RULES AND
REGULATIONS. The rules and regulations attached to this lease, as well as such reasonable rules and regulations as may be hereafter adopted by Landlord for the safety, care and cleanliness of the premises and the operation of the Project, and the
preservation of good order thereon, are hereby expressly made a part hereof, and Tenant agrees to comply with them. Landlord shall not be liable to any person, including Tenant, for the failure of any other tenant or person to observe such rules and
regulations. 
  
 35. TIME. Time is of the essence of this lease.

  
 36. LEASE EXAMINATION AND EXECUTION. Tenant acknowledges that
submission of this lease for examination by Tenant does not constitute a reservation or option for lease, and that this lease is not and shall not be effective until (a) Tenant has delivered to Landlord at least three originals of this lease, fully
executed by Tenant, accompanied by payment to Landlord of a sum equal to the sum of (i) one month’s rent hereunder, which shall be applied toward Tenant’s rental obligations under Paragraph 3 hereof upon commencement of this lease, and
(ii) the amount of the security deposit provided in Paragraph 31 hereof; and (b) Landlord has thereafter delivered to Tenant at least one fully executed original of this lease, executed by both Tenant and Landlord. Each person executing this lease
on behalf of Tenant or Landlord, represent and warrant that this lease is duly executed by Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, and that the persons executing this lease on behalf of Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, are duly authorized so
to do and to bind Tenant or Landlord to the obligations set forth in this lease. 
  
 37. MISCELLANEOUS. This lease shall constitute the entire agreement of the parties pertaining to the premises and all prior agreements and representations of the parties (except representations of Tenant concerning
its financial condition), 

 whether written or oral, shall be superseded by this lease. This lease may not be amended or modified except by written
agreement duly executed by the parties hereto. This lease shall be interpreted as follows: (a) according to the fair meaning of the language without strict construction against either party; (b) under the laws of the state of California; (c) by
disregarding captions, which shall have no significance except convenience; (d) by substituting appropriate gender where required; and (e) by substituting the plural for the singular, and vice versa, where the context requires. If any provision of
this lease is found to be unenforceable or otherwise invalid, such unenforceable provision shall be deemed separable and the remaining provisions of this lease shall remain in full force and effect. Tenant’s covenants shall survive termination
of this lease where reasonably appropriate to accomplish the purpose thereof. Neither this lease nor any memorandum thereof shall be recorded without the prior written consent of Landlord. 
  
 38. EXHIBITS. Exhibit A hereto, Exhibit B hereto, Exhibit C hereto, the Rules
and Regulations attached hereto, and any other Exhibit or Addendum which is initialed or signed by Landlord and Tenant and attached hereto shall be considered a part of this lease for all purposes. 
  
 39. BROKERS. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate
brokers or agents in connection with the negotiation of this lease excepting only Richard M. Thomas, Thomas & Associates, Commercial Real Estate, and it knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection
with this lease. 
  
 40. NO LIGHT, AIR OR VIEW EASEMENT. Any
diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which is now or may hereafter be erected on lands adjacent to the Project shall in no way affect this lease or impose any liability on Landlord. Noise, dust or vibration or other
incidents to new construction of improvements on lands adjacent to the Project, whether or not by Landlord, shall in no way affect this lease or impose any liability on Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord constructs any
structure on lands adjacent to or near the Project, Landlord shall use its best efforts to prevent interference with Tenant’s light, air and view and to minimize the impact of any noise, dust or vibration from such construction on Tenant’s
enjoyment of the premises. 
  
 41. NET LEASE. Tenant agrees that
this lease shall be unconditionally subject and subordinate to that certain Net Lease between Joseph Pell and Eda Pell, as trustees of The Joseph Pell and Eda Pell Revocable Trust, dated August 18, 1989, as landlord, and 600 Harrison, as tenant,
dated December 14, 1989, covering the Project. Landlord represents and warrants that the landlord under the Net Lease has agreed that if the Net Lease is terminated by the landlord thereunder, such termination shall not result in the termination of
this lease and this lease shall continue in full force and effect for its duration (including any extension term pursuant to Tenant’s exercise of any option to extend the term hereof) so long as Tenant is not in default under the terms of this
lease. Tenant agrees to attorn to and recognize the landlord under the Net Lease in the event of a termination of the Net Lease, and to pay rent directly to said landlord after receipt of (i) a notice of such termination and (ii) instructions to
make subsequent rental payments to said landlord. For purposes of Sections 9 (with respect to naming Landlord as an additional insured on Tenant’s insurance policy), 10, and 29 of the Lease, the term “Landlord” shall include the
landlord under the Net Lease. 
  
 42. OPTION TO EXTEND. Landlord
hereby grants to Tenant the option to renew this lease for an additional term of five (5) 

 years, upon the then prevailing rental rate and terms and conditions then offered by Landlord for new leases of
comparable space within the Building, provided that Tenant not be in default under this lease at the time that the option is exercised, and at any time from Tenant’s exercise of the option to the commencement date of the extended term. This
option must be exercised by written notice to Landlord, accompanied by payment of the first month’s rental for the extended term, no later than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the original lease term. Landlord shall, on request of
Tenant advise Tenant in writing no later than 13 months prior to expiration of the Lease term, of the then prevailing rental rate and terms and conditions operative under this paragraph. The adjusted base rental shall be equal to the then prevailing
rental rate for comparable space within the Building; and in no event shall the base rent be less than the rent, as escalated pursuant to the terms of this Lease, due and payable during the last month immediately preceding the commencement date of
the extended term. If Tenant disagrees with the rental rate stated in Landlord’s notice, Tenant may give Landlord written notice no later than ten (10) business days following its receipt of Landlord’s notice of its election to have such
rental rate determined by arbitration, which notice shall state the rental rate suggested by Tenant. Within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint an experienced commercial leasing
broker, and the appointed brokers shall within three (3) business days after their appointment, jointly appoint a single broker. Each of said brokers shall be informed of the rental rate proposed by Landlord and Tenant, and each of them shall select
the rate which he or she deems the prevailing rate within five (5) business days following the selection of the third broker. The rate selected by a majority of the brokers shall be the rate used for the option term. Each party shall pay the fee of
the broker selected by such party and one half of the fee of the third broker. If Tenant invokes arbitration, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing within five (5) business days after the brokers’ decision is made, whether or not Tenant
elects to exercise its option hereunder. Tenant shall have no right to extend the term of this Lease beyond the additional term set forth above. 
  
 43. EXPANSION SPACE. Of the 80,855 rentable square feet of space in the premises, 12,648 is intended to be expansion space for Tenant. Although Landlord
will construct tenant improvements in such expansion space pursuant to the terms contained in Exhibit B attached hereto, Tenant shall not be required to pay rent for such expansion space until the first anniversary of the lease commencement date.
The rental amounts set forth in Section 3 of the lease for the first twelve months of the lease reflect the rent agreed upon by the parties for 68,207 rentable square feet of the premises. 
  
 44. STORAGE SPACE. Landlord shall provide Tenant with approximately 2,400
square feet of storage space located in the basement of the building. For the first five years of the lease term, the monthly rate for such storage space shall be $.80 per square feet, or a total of $1,920. Tenant shall pay, as additional rent under
the lease, the monthly cost for such storage space on the first day of each month during the term of the lease, together with its rent payment for the premises. Such storage space shall be unimproved space with the exception of demising walls and a
locked door. Such storage space shall be deemed a part of the premises under the lease, provided that notwithstanding anything contained in Section 4 to the contrary, such space shall be used for storage purposes only, and Tenant’s right to use
such storage space shall not be transferred to any other person or entity, notwithstanding anything contained in Paragraph 5 to the contrary. On the fifth anniversary of the Commencement of the Lease term, the rate for such storage space shall be
adjusted to prevailing market 

 rates for comparable space in comparable buildings. Tenant may request the rate information from Landlord no earlier than
120 days prior to the rate adjustment date. After receiving such rate information, Tenant may elect to discontinue its use of such storage space, provided that Tenant gives Landlord 30 days’ written notice. 
  
 45. MOVING EXPENSES. Landlord shall pay Tenant within thirty (30) days
following Tenant’s occupancy of the premises $150,000 as reimbursement for Tenant’s moving expenses; provided, however, that such payment shall not be required until Tenant has reimbursed Landlord for certain tenant improvement costs
described in Exhibit B attached hereto. 
  
 46. QUIET ENJOYMENT.
Landlord represents and warrants that it has the right to execute and perform this lease and to grant the subject leasehold estate to Tenant. Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon performing the terms, conditions and covenants of this lease, shall
have quiet and peaceful possession of the premises as against any person claiming the same by, through or under Landlord. 
  
 47. CONSENTS. Whenever the lease requires the approval or consent of either party, such approval or consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed these
presents the day and year first above written. 
  

											
	 LANDLORD:
	 	 	 	 	 	 TENANT:

				
	 600 HARRISON,
 a California corporation
	 	 	 	 	 	 MILLER FREEMAN PUBLICATIONS, INC.,
 a California corporation

						
	 By:
	 	 /S/ Joseph Pell

	 	 	 	 	 	 By:
	 	 /s/ Marshall W. Freeman

	 Its:
	 	 President
	 	 	 	 	 	 Its:
	 	 President

 EXHIBIT A 
  

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES 
  
 The third and fourth floors of 600 Harrison Street, San Francisco, California, as shown below: 
  
 [DRAWING] 

 EXHIBIT A-1 
  
 (DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES continued) 
  
 [DRAWING] 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

SUITE IMPROVEMENTS 
  
 1. Spilsted Design Associates, Tenant’s architect, has prepared space plans and design descriptions for the tenant improvements in the premises dated February 13,
1990 and March 27, 1990, a copy of which are attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (the “Plans”). Landlord shall construct the improvements set forth in the Plans and such working drawings, specifications, details and supplemental plans as may be
prepared by Tenant’s architect (the “Final Plans”) with the exception of certain item which have been deleted as set forth in “Deduct No. l” totaling $269,570 and in “Deduct No. 2” totaling $105,100. Landlord has
approved the Plans and agrees not to unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the Final Plans. Tenant’s architect will deliver the Final Plans within two (2) months from the date of execution of the Lease. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord
the amount of $196,896 as Tenant’s contribution toward the cost of the tenant improvements as currently designed. Such reimbursement shall be made within 30 days after the premises have been delivered to Tenant following completion of the
tenant improvements. Tenant also shall reimburse Landlord for the costs associated with any further changes to the tenant improvements, including without limitation, the addition of any items which are not shown on the Plans or the request and
confirmation by Tenant pursuant to the procedure specified below in Paragraph 2 of any changes which increase the cost of construction. Landlord shall have the right to require that such additional costs be reimbursed prior to the execution of a
change order or prior to the commencement of construction. 
  
 2. Tenant may by
written instructions or drawings issued to Landlord (a “Change Order Request”) make changes in the Final Plans, including without limitation, requiring additional work, directing the omission of work previously ordered, or changing the
quantity or type of any materials, equipment or services. Promptly upon receipt of a Change Order Request, Landlord will provide Tenant with a statement in detail setting forth the cost of said change (including a breakdown of coats attributable to
labor and materials, construction equipment exclusively necessary for the change, and preparation or amendment to shop drawings resulting from said change) and any time delays anticipated to result from said change, prior to Tenant’s issuance
thereof. Tenant will have two (2) days after receipt of such statement in which to confirm the Change Order Request and authorize in writing the work to be performed pursuant thereto, or to withdraw such request. Change Orders will be signed by
Landlord and Tenant in advance of any Change order work. No changes to the Final Plans will be made except pursuant to a written Change Order signed by Tenant. 
  

3. All tenant improvements to be constructed by Landlord as initial tenant improvements shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the
final plans and with all applicable laws. Within seven (7) days after Substantial Completion (as defined below) of the tenant improvements, Tenant shall make an inspection of the premises and prepare a punchlist of items needing additional work by
Landlord. Landlord’s contractor shall complete all punchlist items reasonably identified by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the inspection or as soon as practicable thereafter. As used above, “Substantial Completion” means the
date which is the later to occur of (i) receipt by Landlord of a “Certificate of Substantial Completion” as described below, evidencing that physical construction of the tenant improvements has been substantially completed in accordance
with the Final Plans, except for minor finishing details of construction, decoration, mechanical adjustment, minor replacement of defective or damaged materials, and other items of a type 
  

 -29- 

 commonly found on architectural punchlists, all of which do not materially interfere with the occupancy and use of the
premises; and (ii) receipt by Landlord of a certificate of occupancy covering the premises, duly issued by the appropriate government official. Physical completion of the tenant improvements will be evidenced by a “Certificate of Substantial
Completion” issued by Tenant’s architect, such certificate to state that in the architect’s reasonable good faith professional opinion, the tenant improvements are Substantially Completed, as above defined, and ready for occupancy.
Landlord will be given at least three (3) business days prior written notice of the inspection and the opportunity to accompany the architect on its inspection, which shall occur no later than three (3) business days following Landlord’s notice
to Tenant and its architect that the certificate of occupancy has been received. 
  
 4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 of this lease, the commencement of the term of this lease shall not be delayed to the extent that delivery of the premises to Tenant is caused by the following: construction to be furnished by
Landlord is delayed (1) by or at the instruction of Tenant or its architect, including without limitation, pursuant to a written change order (or orders) pursuant to Section 2 above, (2) due to Tenant’s architect’s failure to deliver the
Final Plans by the date specified in Section 1 above, (3) to accommodate the installation of Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment or improvements, or (4) as a result of materials which are not readily available or are unusually difficult to
install or apply which are requested by Tenant. 
  
 5. Upon termination of the
lease, all of the tenant improvements shall remain in the premises unless Landlord shall consent in writing to the removal thereof by Tenant. 
  
 6. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will make no independent review of the Final plans and that Landlord does not warrant, either expressly or impliedly, the adequacy of
the tenant improvements or Tenant’s equipment for Tenant’s intended purpose, other than a warranty that the tenant improvements have been constructed according to the Final Plans in a good and workmanlike manner, and in accordance with
applicable laws. 
  

 -30- 

 [DRAWING] 
  
 EXHIBIT A 
  
 Page 3 

 [DRAWING] 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
  
 Page 1 

 [DRAWING] 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
  
 Page 2 

 [DRAWING] 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
  
 Page 3 

 [DRAWING] 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
  
 Page 4 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

(Fourth Floor Plans) 

 [Drawing] 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

(First Floor Plans) 

 [Drawing] 
  

 2. 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

(Swing Space) 
  

 3. 

 [Drawing] 
  

 4. 

 EXHIBIT E 
  

WORK LETTER 
  
 This Work Letter, dated May 16, 2003 (the “Effective Date”) is made part of that certain Sublease Agreement dated May 16, 2003 (the
“Sublease”) by and between CMP Media LLC (“Sublandlord”), and PRN Corporation (“Subtenant”). The capitalized terms used in this Work Letter shall have the same meanings set forth in the Sublease, unless otherwise
defined herein. Sublandlord and Subtenant agree as follows with respect to the Subtenant Improvements to be installed in the Building: 
  
 1. Definitions. As used in this Work Letter, the following terms shall have the following meanings, and terms which are not defined below, but
which are defined in the Sublease and which are used in this Work Letter, shall have the meanings given them by the Sublease: 
  
 a. Approved Plans: The term “Approved Plans shall mean the Final Plans for the Subtenant Improvements, as developed by Sublandlord and
approved by Master Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant pursuant to Section 2, below. 
  
 b. Substantial Completion: The term “Substantial Completion” (and any form of the term) shall mean the date on which all of the following occurs: (i) IA certifies that the Subtenant Improvements have
been constructed in substantial accordance with the Approved Plans, notwithstanding the fact that certain minor work is incomplete or contains minor defects which do not materially interfere with Subtenant’s use of the Building (items normally
referred to as “Punch List Items”), (ii) Sublandlord has obtained a temporary Certificate of Occupancy for the Premises as improved with the Subtenant Improvements, if required, or an equivalent permit or approval from the appropriate
governmental body approving and/or permitting the occupancy of the Premises if required and (iii) Sublandlord has delivered possession of the Premises to Subtenant in vacant, broom clean condition. 
  
 c. Subtenant Improvements. The term “Subtenant
Improvements” shall mean the improvements and equipment to be constructed and installed in accordance with the Subtenant Improvement Specifications. 
  
 d. Subtenant Improvement Costs: The term “Subtenant Improvement Costs” shall mean the following: 
  
 (i) the total amount due pursuant to the Construction Contract; 

 
 (ii) the cost of obtaining all building permits for the construction of
the Subtenant Improvements; 
  

 2. 

 (iii) engineering, architectural, space planning and other consultant fees (including the fees and
expenses of the Project Architect, as such term is hereinafter defined) incurred in the preparation of all plans, specifications and working drawings and administration of the contract for construction of the Subtenant Improvements, except as
specifically provided herein; and 
  
 (iv) any and all other
costs and expenses related to or associated with the construction and installation of the Subtenant Improvements. 
  
 e. Subtenant Improvement Specifications: The term “Subtenant Improvement Specifications” shall mean those improvements and
specifications set forth and described collectively on the following: (i) the CAD floor plan for that portion of the Premises located on the first floor, which is attached hereto as Exhibit E 1, (ii) the CAD floor plan for that portion of the
Premises located on the fourth floor, which is attached hereto as Exhibit E 2, (iii) the Matrix attached as Exhibit E 3, (iv) the bid from GCI General Contractor dated April 30, 2003 and attached as Exhibit E 4 (which bid separately lists the items
on Exhibit E 6, for which Subtenant is responsible) and (v) the equipment and improvements listed on Exhibit E 5 and E 6. 
  
 2. Plan and Specifications: Subtenant desires to cause the Subtenant Improvements to be constructed in the Building and Sublandlord agrees to
construct such Subtenant Improvements in the Premises in conformance with the Subtenant Improvement Specifications, provided, however, that Sublandlord shall not be required to approve or construct any Subtenant Improvements that: (i) do not conform
to applicable government regulations or are disapproved by a governmental agency having jurisdiction; (ii) overload the floors of the Building; (iii) affect the Building structure or roof; or (iv) are not approved by Master Landlord. Such Subtenant
Improvements will be constructed by Sublandlord in accordance with the following: 
  
 a. Final Plans: 
  
 (i)
Preparation and Final Plans: Sublandlord shall cause, as quickly as practicable, specifications and working drawings of the Subtenant Improvements (the “Final Plans”) to be prepared by Interior Architects a/k/a IA (the “Project
Architect”), all of which will conform to or represent logical evolutions of or developments from the Subtenant Improvement Specifications. Upon completion of the Final Plans, Sublandlord shall deliver a copy of the Final Plans to Subtenant and
Master Landlord for their respective review and approval. 
  
 (ii) Subtenant’s Approval: Within five (5) business days of Subtenant’s receipt of the Final Plans, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord a writing either approving such Final Plans or designating the specific elements of such
Final Plans of which Subtenant disapproves, the reasons for the disapproval and the changes Subtenant requests to make the Final Plans acceptable. Sublandlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any specific changes so requested by
Subtenant. Any failure of Subtenant to approve the Final Plans within the time period set forth above shall constitute a “Subtenant Delay” as 
  

 3. 

 defined in Section 6, below. Any failure of Master Landlord to approve such Final Plans within the time period set forth
in the Master Lease shall extend the time for Substantial Completion, as set forth in Section 7, below. 
  
 (iii) Effect of Master Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s Approval; General Construction of the Subtenant Improvements: Sublandlord will
diligently pursue Master Landlord’s consent to the Subtenant Improvements and Final Plans. Neither Sublandlord’s nor Master Landlord’s consent to the Subtenant Improvements and Final Plans shall constitute a representation of warranty
by Sublandlord or Master Landlord of any kind that such plans are sufficient for Subtenant’s purposes, or that such plans comply with applicable Law or Private Restrictions, and Subtenant agrees to look solely to the Project Architect and other
design professionals for any assurance or warranty that all plans of the Subtenant Improvements are sufficient or Subtenant’s purposes and in compliance with applicable Laws and Private Restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in
the Sublease to the contrary, Sublandlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Subtenant Improvements are constructed in a good and workman-like manner and in compliance with applicable Law and Private Restrictions, if any, as
of the Commencement Date; provided that any action to enforce this obligation (e.g., that Sublandlord failed to use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Subtenant Improvements are constructed in a good and workman-like manner or in
compliance with applicable Law or Private Restrictions, if any, as of the Commencement Date) must be brought within one (1) year of the Commencement Date; and provided further that in the event Sublandlord breaches its obligation, Subtenant’s
sole remedy shall be for Sublandlord to bring into compliance (or cause the same to be done) at Sublandlord’s sole cost and expense, that portion of the Subtenant Improvements that are not constructed in a good and workmanlike manner or in
compliance with applicable Law and Private Restrictions as of the Commencement Date. 
  
 (iv) Approved Plans: Upon the approval of Subtenant and Master Landlord of the Final Plans in accordance with the provisions of this Section, Sublandlord shall cause such Final Plans as then contemplated to be
promptly submitted to the City of San Francisco (the “City”) for building permit issuance. 
  
 3. Construction of Subtenant Improvements: 
  
 a. Promptly once the Approved Plans are complete, Sublandlord shall cause GCI General Contractors (“GCI”) and Dome Construction Corp.
(“Dome”) to submit construction bids, with line item detail of the Subtenant Improvements and Subtenant Improvement Costs, allocating them between the Sublandlord and Subtenant using professional judgment and in accordance with the terms
of this Work Letter. Sublandlord shall share the bids with Subtenant, and Subtenant shall have two (2) business days in which to suggest changes to the plans, including in order to reduce costs, or approve them (and, in the event that Subtenant
requests changes, Subtenant shall have another two (2) business days after receipt of the revised bids to review and approve the revised bid); provided that: (i) if Subtenant requests changes to the Plans, in order to reduce costs or otherwise
(except changes to conform the bids to the Approved Plans), Subtenant will be advised as to the amount of delay, if any, will be caused by changing the plans and recalculating the bids to accommodate 
  

 4. 

 such changes, and if Subtenant elects to cause the plans to be changed and/or bids recalculated, any delay beyond the
initial two-day review attributable to recalculating bids due to Subtenant’s suggestions shall constitute “Subtenant Delay” as set forth in Paragraph 6; (ii) nothing herein shall obligate Sublandlord to employ the contractor with the
lowest bid for Subtenant Improvements to be borne by Subtenant, it being understood and agreed that there are a number of variables that enter into making such selection. Sublandlord agrees that the line items for HVAC and electrical work in the
above-referenced construction bids from GCI and Dome, for which Subtenant shall be responsible, will not exceed one hundred and twenty percent (120%) of the total estimated budget as of April 30, 2003 and attached hereto as Exhibit E 4 (exclusive of
any changes requested to the Final Plans by Subtenant that add costs except any changes to conform the Final Plans to the Subtenant Improvement Specifications (“HVAC/Electrical Work Cap”). 
  
 b. Once both bids have been approved by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall employ
either GCI or Dome (the “Prime Contractor”) to construct the Subtenant Improvements in substantial conformance with the Approved Plans and the Cost Estimate, and Sublandlord shall enter into a construction contract (the “Construction
Contract”) for such purpose. Subtenant shall not be a party to the Construction Contract between Sublandlord and the General Contractor or have any liability thereunder but Subtenant will be a third party beneficiary of the Construction
Contract. The bids from GCI and Dome finally approved by Subtenant is hereinafter referred to as the “Cost Estimate.” 
  
 c. As soon as the Approved Plans have been completed and approved as provided above, all necessary governmental approvals have been obtained, the Prime
Contractor shall commence construction of the Subtenant Improvements and diligently prosecute such construction to completion. 
  
 4. Changes to Approved Plans: 
  
 a. Once the Approved Plans have been approved by Master Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant, neither Subtenant or Sublandlord shall have the right to
order extra work or a change order (“Change Order”) with respect to construction of the Subtenant Improvements without the prior written consent of the non-requesting party and Master Landlord, and provided there is a reasonable basis for
such Change Order or such Change Order is required by Law. The non-requesting party shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to such Change Order, provided that Master Landlord consents to such Change. All requests for approval of a Change Order
made by either Subtenant or Sublandlord shall be made in writing, shall specify any added or reduced cost and/or construction time resulting therefrom, and shall become effective and a part of the Approved Plans once approved in writing by all
parties. 
  
 b. If a Change Order results in an increase in the
cost of construction of the Subtenant Improvements as shown in the Approved Plans, the requesting party shall pay all such excess costs as long as the party approved the excess cost in advance at the time the Change Order was requested. If such
approved excess cost is owed by Subtenant, Subtenant shall promptly deposit an amount equal to such excess cost in the Escrow Account. 
  

 5. 

 c. If a Change Order results in an increase in the amount of time needed by Sublandlord to complete the
Subtenant Improvements, and was requested by Subtenant, such delay shall constitute a Subtenant Delay pursuant to Section 6, below as long as Subtenant was informed when it requested the Change Order that said Change Order would cause a delay. If a
Change Order results in an increase in the amount of time needed by Sublandlord to complete the Subtenant Improvements, and was requested by Sublandlord, such delay shall not extend the date of Substantial Completion or Commencement Date.

  
 5. Payment of Subtenant Improvement Costs: Sublandlord
shall pay all bona fide Subtenant Improvement Costs incurred by Subtenant in accordance with the following terms and conditions: 
  
 a. Sublandlord shall be responsible for the cost of the Subtenant Improvements; except that Subtenant shall be responsible for the cost of the Subtenant
Improvements set forth in Exhibit E 6, in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter, and any additional or changes requested and approved by Subtenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Work
Letter to the contrary, in the event that actual HVAC and electrical work related to the Subtenant Improvements exceed the HVAC/Electrical Work Cap, exclusive of additional costs due to changes requested by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall be
responsible for such excess costs. 
  
 b. Prior to commencing
construction, pursuant to a separate escrow agreement and escrow instructions, Subtenant shall deposit into an escrow account in Sublandlord’s name (the “Escrow Account”) with J.P. Morgan Chase Bank an amount sufficient to cover the
estimated Subtenant Improvement Costs of items allocated to Subtenant in the Cost Estimate approved in advance by Subtenant pursuant to the terms of this Work Letter. The Escrow Account shall be drawn down by Sublandlord once the Subtenant
Improvements have been Substantially Completed. 
  
 c. If at any
time Sublandlord determines, in its reasonable discretion, that based on a Change Order requested by Subtenant the Escrow Account will be insufficient to cover the Subtenant Improvement Costs allocated to Subtenant, then Sublandlord shall notify
Subtenant of such shortfall and Subtenant shall replenish the funds in the Escrow Account within five (5) business days to reflect the revised estimated costs; provided that with respect to additional costs attributable to changes requested by
Subtenant, Subtenant shall be responsible for those costs only if at the time the change was requested, Subtenant was advised of and approved the additional costs. Any other excess Subtenant Improvement costs that are legitimately and reasonably
allocable to Subtenant pursuant to and in accordance with this Work Letter shall be reconciled after the Subtenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed. 
  
 d. Upon completion of the Subtenant Improvements, removal of the lien releases, and payment of all the bills relating to
the construction of the Subtenant Improvements, Sublandlord shall send an accounting of costs to Subtenant. If the amount deposited in the Escrow Account is greater than the actual costs allocated to Subtenant, 
  

 6. 

 Sublandlord shall return the balance, if any, to Subtenant within ten (10) business. If the amount deposited in the
Escrow is less than the Subtenant’s construction costs, then Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord the difference within ten (10) business days of said notice; provided that with respect to additional costs attributable to changes requested by
Subtenant. Subtenant shall be responsible for those costs only if at the time the change was requested, Subtenant was advised of and approved the additional costs. 
  
 e. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to make payment of Subtenant Improvement Costs when, at the time of such payment
request, Subtenant is in default of a material obligation under the Sublease beyond applicable notice and cure periods. 
  
 f. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Sublease, in the event that the Sublease terminates prior to the Substantial Completion of
the Subtenant Improvements due to the default of Sublandlord, the Escrow Amount shall be promptly returned in its entirety to Subtenant, regardless of whether any portion or all of the Subtenant Improvements have already been constructed or are in
the process of being constructed (including, without limitation, any item of Exhibit E 6), and Subtenant shall have no liability for the cost of any of the Subtenant Improvements (including, without limitation, any item of Exhibit E 6). 

 
 6. Subtenant Delay: The term “Subtenant Delay” as used in
this Work Letter, and as referred to in Section 2(a) of this Exhibit D, shall mean any delay in the design or construction of the Subtenant Improvements which is due to any act or omission of Subtenant or Subtenant’s agents. Subtenant Delay
shall include, but not limited to, the following: (i) Subtenant’s delay in giving authorizations or approvals beyond the time periods specified in this Work Letter; (ii) any act or omission of Subtenant or its agents which delays with the
completion of the Subtenant Improvements; (iii) delay beyond the initial 2-day review attributable to recalculating bids due to Subtenant’s changes, as set forth in paragraph 2(a) above; (iv) delay attributable to the interference of Subtenant
or Subtenant’s agents with the design or construction of the Subtenant Improvements; (v) any Change Orders requested by Subtenant with respect to the Approved Plans; and (vi) any special materials or equipment ordered or specified by Subtenant
that cannot be obtained by Sublandlord at reasonable costs within a reasonable period of time provided that Subtenant was informed when such item was requested that it would qualify as a Subtenant Delay and it was approved by Subtenant. 

 
 It is the intent of the parties hereto that the commencement of
Subtenant’s obligation to pay the Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent not be delayed by any Subtenant Delay and in the event of any Subtenant Delay, Subtenant’s obligation to pay the Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent shall commence as of
the date it would otherwise have commenced absent such Subtenant Delay. 
  
 7. Force Majeure. The term “Force Majeure Delay” as used in this Work Letter and the Sublease, shall mean any delay in the completion of the Subtenant Improvements which is attributable to any: (i) actual delay affecting
construction of the Subtenant Improvements attributable to any strike, lockout or other labor or industrial disturbance (whether or not on the part of the employees of either party hereto), act of the 
  

 7. 

 public enemy, war, riot, sabotage, blockade, embargo, inability to secure customary materials, supplies or labor through
ordinary sources; (ii) delay in Master Landlord giving its consent to the Final Plans, or any Change Order, if required, as long as Sublandlord is diligently pursuing such consent; (iii) delay in completing the Final Plans or in construction of the
Subtenant Improvements because of changes in applicable Laws (including the ADA), or the interpretation thereof; or (iv) delay attributable to fire, inclement weather, casualty, act of God, or other cause beyond the reasonable anticipation and
control of the party from whom performance is required, or its agents. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to any Force Majeure Delay shall excuse the performance of the party affected for a period of time equal to any such prevention, delay or
stoppage. 
  
 No Force Majeure Delay shall be deemed to have
occurred unless and until the party claiming such Force Majeure Delay has provided written notice to the other party specifying the action or inaction that such notifying party contends constitutes a Force Majeure Delay. If such action or inaction
is not cured within one (1) business day after receipt of such notice then a Force Majeure Delay as set forth in such notice shall be deemed to have occurred commencing as of the date such notice was received and continuing for the number of days
the Building was not made Ready for Occupancy as a direct result of such prevention, delay or stoppage. 
  
 8. Delay of Commencement Date: The Drop Dead Date shall be delayed by one (1) business day for each business day of delay affecting the completion
of the design and/or construction of the Subtenant Improvements that is caused by any Force Majeure Delay. 
  
 9. Delivery of Possession, Punch List, and Acceptance Agreement: As soon as the Subtenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed,
Sublandlord and Subtenant shall together walk through the Premises and inspect all Subtenant Improvements so completed, using reasonable efforts to discover all uncompleted or defective construction in the Subtenant Improvements. After such
inspection has been completed, each party shall sign a “punch list” which shall include a list of all “punch list” items which the parties agree are to be corrected by Sublandlord. As soon as such inspection has been completed
and such punch list has been executed, Sublandlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Subtenant. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to deliver possession of the Premises to Subtenant until such procedures regarding the preparation of a
punch list have been completed. Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Prime Contractor to complete and/or repair such “punch list” items within thirty (30) days after signing the punch list. Subtenant’s taking
possession of any part of the Building shall be deemed to be an acceptance by Subtenant of Sublandlord’s work of improvement in such part as complete and in accordance with the terms of the Sublease except for the punch list items noted or as
otherwise expressly stated in the Sublease. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Subtenant’s obligation to pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent shall commence as provided in the Sublease, regardless of whether Subtenant completes such
inspection. 
  

 8. 

 10. Effect of Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between this Work Letter and the
Sublease, the terms of this Work Letter shall prevail. 
  
 IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Work Letter as of the date first written above. 
  

							
	 CMP MEDIA LLC:
	 	 PRN CORPORATION:

				
	 By:
	 	 John Day
	 	 By:
	 	     /s/

	 Title:
	 	 Executive Vice President/CFO
	 	 Title:
	 	 Chief Financial Officer

				
	 By:
	 	     /s/

	 	 By:
	 	

	 Title:
	 	 Chief Financial Officer
	 	 Title:
	 	  

  

 9. 

 EXHIBIT E-5 
  
 Sublandlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the following Subtenant Improvements, as reflected in the space plans attached hereto Exhibit E-1
(first floor) and Exhibit E-2 (fourth floor): 
  

	 	•	Demo and Site protection. 

  

	 	•	Enclose existing stairwell and demising walls with glass. 

  

	 	•	All millwork described in Exhibits E 1 through E 5 except for any millwork in the reception/lobby area, which area will be Subtenant’s responsibility. 

 

	 	•	Standard doors, frames and hardware (excluding door locks). All doors will be painted the same color (which color shall be selected by Subtenant). Private offices and meeting rooms
to have sidelight glass unless otherwise specified by Subtenant. Existing doors to be re-used wherever feasible. Subtenant may request above-standard doors, frames and hardware at Sublandlord’s cost, not to exceed $1,000 per door.

  

	 	•	Sublandlord to construct slab-to-slab walls that are customary or the equivalent of 294 lineal feet and ceiling height walls. 

  

	 	•	Sublandlord will pay half the cost of a new ceiling grid on the 4th floor and the 1st floor not to exceed $21,500. 

  

	 	•	Sublandlord to install new acoustic ceiling system. If Subtenant decides to upgrade ceiling system they would be 100% responsible for ceiling upgrade above the standard
2’x4’ tile. 

  

	 	•	Sublandlord to install new carpet selected by Subtenant for $30/SY. 

  

	 	•	Sublandlord to install Stonetex VCT at the following locations: 

  

	 	•	Breakroom; 

  

	 	•	HR Storage; 

  

	 	•	Telecom; 

  

	 	•	TSG; 

  

	 	•	Supply Room; 

  

	 	•	Security Storage; 

  

	 	•	Broadcast Storage; 

  

	 	•	Marketing Storage; 

  

	 	•	Lunch Room; 

  

	 	•	Storage Room; 

  

	 	•	Stock Closet; and 

  

	 	•	Dubbing/Compression Room. 

  

	 	•	Sublandlord will install Armstrong anti-static VCT in Server Room and Net Server Lab. 

  

	 	•	Sublandlord will install 4” rubber base. 

  

	 	•	Sublandlord will paint new premises (Colors to be selected by Subtenant). 

  

	 	•	Sublandlord will remove/clean and re-install existing mini-blinds. 

  

	 	•	Sublandlord to be responsible for all fire-protection/electrical and life safety. 

  

	 	•	Sublandlord to provide that part of the HVAC work for floors 1 and 4 indicated on the attached Exhibits E-1 and E-2. 

  
 This exhibit is not intended to limit in any way the costs for which Sublandlord is
responsible. 
  

 11. 

 EXHIBIT E-6 
  
 Subtenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the following Subtenant Improvements, as reflected in the space plans attached hereto Exhibit E-1 (first
floor) and Exhibit E-2 (fourth floor): 
  

	 	•	Supplemental air conditioning in excess of 15 tons. 

  

	 	•	Cooling Tower upgrades. 

  

	 	•	Fabric wall insulation for sound studios, if so elected by Subtenant. 

  

	 	•	Cost of carpet in excess of the $30/SY installed allowance. 

  

	 	•	Structural Steel for Media Library Vault. 

  

	 	•	Glass/Glazing for Studios. 

  

	 	•	FM-200 Gas Suppression for Media Library Vault. 

  

	 	•	Plumbing for Board Room coffee station. 

  

	 	•	Reception area and lobby millwork. 

  

	 	•	White Boards. 

  

	 	•	Tel/Data cabling. 

  

	 	•	Security systems. 

  

	 	•	PRN will provide that part of the HVAC and electrical work for the first floor (with upsize of the existing Heat Exchanger) and the fourth floor (with a new 50-ton cooling tower)
indicated as Subtenant’s responsibility on the attached Exhibit E 4. 

  

	 	•	Incremental cost of indirect lighting fixtures. 

  
 Subtenant shall also be responsible for the following costs: 
  

	 	•	The cost of above-standard doors, frames and hardware requested by Subtenant in excess of $1,000. 

  

	 	•	Half the cost of a new acoustic ceiling grid on the 1st and 4th floors, up to $21,500, plus any costs in excess of $21,500. 

  

	 	•	The cost of any gypsum board soffits elected to be included in the plans by Subtenant. 

  

	 	•	The cost of Armstrong anti-static VCT in additional rooms/labs (beyond Server Room and Net Server Lab). 

  

	 	•	The cost of slab-to-slab drywall constructed in specified areas beyond the 294 lineal feet to be constructed at Sublandlord’s cost. 

  

	 	•	The cost of all door locks. 

  

 12. 

 EXHIBIT F 
  
 The configuration of the dishes is a rectangular frame sitting on the roof with cement blocks as to anchor it. The receiver (little antennae that faces the big dish)
extends in front of this footprint. 
  
 Below are the measurements in the format:
Length (horizontal along axis of dish) x Width x Height – Overhang of receiver – footprint area LxW only. 
  
 System Length x Width x Height – Overhand – footprint (LxW) 
 Dish 1
3’6” x 2’11” x 4’ – 2’6” – 10.2sf (receive only) 
 Dish 2 5’11” x 5’7” x 5’7”
– 2’ – 34.5sf (send and receive) 
 Dish 3 4’5” x 4’5” x 5’4” – 4’ – 20.5sf (receive only)

 Dish 4 3’2” x 2’ x 3’8” – 9” – 6.3sf (receive only) 
  
 Note: The calculated areas do not include the overhang 
  

 13. 

 EXHIBIT E 1 

 [Drawing] 

 EXHIBIT E 2 

 [Drawing] 

 EXHIBIT E 3 

 [PRN LOGO] 
  

  

			
	 Date:
	  	5/14/03
		
	 To:
	  	Stephen Reidy
		
	 From:
	  	Suzanne Newdoll
		
	 Subject:
	  	Updated Matrix
		
	 CC:
	  	 

  

  
 Steve, 
  
 Enclosed is the updated Matrix to be attached as Exhibit E-3 on the lease. I wanted to make sure you have the most recent version for your records. 
  
 There are no additions from the updated version, which I e-mailed to you and Bob on 4/21/03,
just a formatting change in one area so that the information would show up when printed out. 
  
 Included as part of the Matrix is some back-up information, which was previously submitted to CMP, but the information has been updated with the new numbering system. 
  
 Lastly there were some changes that were discussed at the last CMP/PRN meeting which are also
to be incorporated as part of the Matrix. 
  
 Please let me know if you have any
questions. 
  
 Sincerely, 
  
  
 Suzanne Newdoll

 415-808-9112 

 Suzanne Newdoll 

  

			
	 From:
	  	Suzanne Newdoll
	 Sent:
	  	Monday, May 12, 2003 6:05 PM
	 To:
	  	Art Songey; Christine A. Stout
	 Subject:
	  	Lease Attachment

  
 Art & Christine, 
  
 I spoke with Todd from IA. Apparently I was under the wrong impression about getting the
changes on the plan for the lease. Todd intends to make the changes but after the lease is signed (his contract will be signed at that point), he will then make the updates. In that case we should attach the below to the lease. 
  
 (Also Todd’s timeline for the project will be changed since it is currently based on a
last Monday start) 
  

	•	Need to include a door in the QC lab (L71) 

  

	•	Location A317-Copier location in addition to the printer station stated 

  

	•	Top cubes are 6x8 (not 8x8) (as Todd and I discussed) & some other cubes in the C261 area should be 6x8 (not 7x8 as currently stated). All cubes should be 6x8 except for some
specified cubes in the Call Center which are 6x6 

  

	•	On drawing indicate TSG lab 7’ wall height (no ceiling) lab L162 (Todd stated this was marked on the plan with a pattern, he should create a key to help us understand what
different patterns mean on the plan) 

  

	•	C98 is actually labeled “P98” in the matrix plan 

  

	•	There is an issue with the door leading to the balcony since there is a height difference there will need to be a ramp to make the balcony useable. Ramp should be reflected in plan

  

	•	Non-raised floor in Server. He would like to keep 2 doors in the server room. Also we can make a door directly into his adjoining closet from the server room. (room L67)

  

	•	Take out one door in Standards lab (L72). 

  

	•	Some of the floor to ceiling walls will be extended to include copy alcoves 

  

	•	Cubes will be pushed towards core of building and file cabinets will be put on the inside (so they will not be visible from the main walking path around the floor).

  

	•	Take out purple glass in Board Room 

  

	•	Extend Millwork in break room and show upper cabinets in some locations 

  

	•	As far as the rooms that get anti-static floors versus regular tile, here are Mike Conroy’s requests Engineering Lab (L64), QA Lab (L71), Server Room (L66)

  

 1 

 Floor Plan Changes: (All new requirements in red on Matrix) 
  

	•	Updated Security Card locations 

  

	•	Specified which doors do not need locks 

  

	•	Specified Printer Stations 

  

	•	Specified Fax Locations 

  

	•	Specified Copier Locations 

  

	•	Specified Gyp-board locations 

  

	•	Keep Millwork #F44 

  

	•	Took Millwork out of A43 (formerly 60) 

  

	•	Took Millwork out of print station A137 (formerly P137) 

  

	•	Updated Elevator Lobby Requirements #A0 

  

	•	Updated Reception Requirements #A1 

  

	•	Updated Mail Room Requirements #A3 

  

	•	Updated all three break room requirements #A23, A39 & G294 

  

	•	Updated Training room requirements #M61 

  

	•	Updated requirements for Board Room 

  

	•	Noted approximate cubes that would need special configuration 

  

	•	Specified refrigerator, microwave, dishwasher etc....locations 

  

	•	Specified file cabinet storage locations 

  

	•	Combined Engineering Staging Area with Engineering lab, everything now in room #L62 (formerly room 14 & 62) 

  

	•	Made library vault bigger #G293 

  

	•	L62 now has walls and locking door but not a ceiling, it is open (formerly room 26 & 27) 

  

	•	Moved room S65 (formerly room #101) 

  

	•	Moved room L68 (formerly room #64) 

  

	•	Moved room L70 (formerly #25) 

  

	•	Moved room L69 (formerly room #80) 

  

	•	Moved Standards Lab L72 (formerly room #10) 

  

	•	Combined QA and QC labs L71 (formerly #22 & #24) 

  

	•	Specified Floor type in Server room and labs 

  

	•	Outside Edit Suite doors changed rating to 45, noted some updated requirements 

  

	•	Added two more Edit Suite Rooms, current editing suites are: G304, G303, G296, G297, G298, G299, G306 

  

	•	Coffee Bar is now in reception area (A1), not supply room 

  

	•	Mill work areas: Ms (Board Room), A3, (Supply Room), A1 (Reception Lobby), A23 (Small Breakroom), A39 (Large Breakroom), F44 (Graphics Area) 

  

	•	Glass sliding door locations are G 303, G 304, G295, G296, G298, G299 

  

	•	Slab to Slab rooms are: G295, G304, G303, G306, G296, G297, G297, G299, Part of G293 (library vault portion only), M61, M30, M19, 018, 012, 011, L64, L56, A3, M2, L66, L71, A39,
M40, M45, M52 

  

	•	Folding door at TSG lab is N/A 

  

	•	Keep Gas Suppression system in the library vault (G293) Library vault portion 

  

	•	Rooms with dedicated HVAC are: G306, G303, G304, G295, G296, G297, G298, G299, G293 (only library vault section), L71, L66, L56, L64 

																									
	 Area

	  	 New
No.

	  	 Department

	  	 Room
Type

	  	 Get

	  	 Finishes

	  	 Updated 4/18/03
Requirements & Equipment

	  	 Extra
 Data

	  	 Extra
 Power

	  	 Dedicated
 AC

	  	 Acoustical

	  	 Card
 Readers

	  	 Slab
 -to-Slab

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 1 of 37 

																									
	 Summary
	 	 	  	Company	  	Combined Floors	  	45500	  	 	  	 Quote to reflect upgraded Tigular tile, if requested by PRN, to be treated as a change order.
  
 PRN to approve Luna lighting locations
and count. Duel switches for lighting to control different bulbs within the same light
  
 Cooling Tower on the roof to accommodate PRN’s HVAC needs
 All doors
should be standardized
 All offices should have a lock
 All rooms
should have locks with the exception of the following meeting rooms (M19, M26, M27, M30, M61, M40, M52)
  
 Following Edit suites should have sliding glass rated doors: G303, G304, G295, G296, G298, G299
  
 Different colors of paint to be used in the space to
visually break it up.
 All doors and cubicles should have name plate system to easily slip name in and out of it.
  
 All offices and meeting rooms to be configured for phones
 All offices and meeting rooms to have sidelights
  
 Determine the square footage of millwork
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	 Summary
	 	 	  	Company	  	1st Floor Storage	  	1,251	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	 Summary
	 	 	  	Company	  	Cubes	  	195 (17 6X6 & 178 6X8) (includes (2) on 1st floor) (2) in rm# L72	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	 Summary
	 	 	  	Company	  	Offices	  	27	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 2 of 37 

																									
	 Summary
	 	 	 	Company	 	Mfg. Areas	 	13	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 Summary
	 	 	 	Company	 	“Labs”	 	11 (4th) 9 (1st)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 Summary
	 	 	 	Company	 	Storage	 	10 (4th Flr) 4 (1st Flr)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 Company
	 	 Security Card
 Locations
	 	 	 	 	 	Following areas need security card wiring: (2) in A0 area (both elevator lobby entrances into space), (2) in A1 area (entrances from reception into space), (1) L56 (Demo
Rm), (1) L64 (Eng. Lab), (1) L66 (Server Rm), (1) L71 (QA/QC labs), (3) entrances into 1st floor space, (1) entrance to librarian area of Library vault G-293-not to vault itself, (1) G295 (Video edit), (1) G296 (Video Edit), (1) G297 (Audio Edit),
(1) G300 (Compress), (1) G304 (Video Edit), (1) G303 (Video Edit), (1) G306 (MCR)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	 Summary
	 	 	 	Company	 	Printer	 	20	 	 Printer Station set-up Paper shelf underneath Recycle Tray at
 bottom
 Garbage can
 Area for
stapler
 Above holder for letterhead/envelopes
	 	 Every other printer bay needs electrical (for potential addition printer stations). In addition to
this here are the other specified locations for electrical:
  
 Electrical in
areas: (1) A307, (1) A324 (1st Floor), (1) A3 (supply rm), (1) A308 (Finance Area), (1) A309 (HR area), (1) A310, (1) A311, (2) A313 (Executive area), (1) A314 (Cust. Ser. Area), (1) A137(Cust. Ser. Area, (1) A315 (Eng. Area), (1) A317 (Eng. Area),
(1) A325, (1) A326, (1) A327, (1) A43, (1) A44.1, (1) A320, (1) A321
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 3 of 37 

																									
	 Summary
	  	 	  	Company	  	Fax	  	2            	  	 One at reception (A1) & one in supply room (A3)
 Both need station to hold extra paper Recycle Tray
	  	Electrical in these areas	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 Notation
	  	 	  	Broad (Graphics)	  	Special cube configuration	  	 	  	Close to print-layout station # F44	  	 Electrical for four work stations w/work space in middle Natural light for correct color calibration of monitors and
printouts
  
 (Keep millwork)
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 Notation
	  	 	  	Eng	  	Special cube configuration	  	 	  	Shared hallway w/ impromptu meeting area in middle	  	 Electrical for (4) engineers in each section (8X10 each-80 Sq. Ft requested)
  
 Special requirements of cat 5 cable to connect lab to engineer cubicles
	  	X	  	X	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 4 of 37 

																									
	Notation	  	 	  	QA	  	Special (Satellite
Links)	  	Roof	  	 	  	Sattlelight link to simulate real in-
store system. Roof top needed for
this. The configuration of the
dishes is a rectangular frame
sitting on the roof
with cement
blocks as to anchor it. The
receiver (little antennae that faces
the big dish) extends in front of
this footprint. Below are the
measurements in the format:
Length (horizontal along axis of
dish) x Width x Height
–
Overhang of receiver – footprint
area LxW only.
Notes:
1. I have calculated areas not
including the overhang – I don’t
know if this will become an
issue.
System Length x Width x Height-
Overhang – footprint (LxW)
Dish 1 3’6” x 2’11” x4’ – 2’6”
–
10.2sf
(receive only)
Dish 2 5’11” x 5’7” x 5’7” – 2’ –
34.5sf
(send and receive)
Dish 3 4’5” x 4’5” x 5’4” –
4’ –20.5sf
(receive only)
Dish 4 3’2” x 2’ x3’8” – 9” –
6.3sf
(receive only)
We will need additional space
for
expans	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 5 of 37 

																									
	 A
	  	 	  	Company	  	Gyp-Board approximately 8 throughout space.	  	 	  	 	  	 This will be used to “break-up space” Place in approximately these areas:
  
 (A312), (A328), (A329), (A316), (A330), (A318), (A331), (A319)
  
 Electrical will need to be in these to potentially house TV set
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 A
	  	0        	  	 	  	Common Spaces (Elevator Lobby)	  	180 (10X18)	  	Plants PRN Signage Signage on door listing office hours Wall mounted holder for extensions list Phone	  	 Security Card Key access on both doors
  
 Hook-up for Telephone (internal extensions only)
  
 Security Mushroom button to be fire code compliant. Only wanted on the door that leads to reception!
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	X	  	 

  

 Page 6 of 37 

																									
	A            	  	1        	  	Company	  	Common Spaces (Reception Area)	  	2            	  	 Plants Signage Reception desk Chair
 Guest
seating Coffee Table Pictures
	  	 Electricity for wall of televisions sets in reception area (A322)
  
 Millwork to house TV’s, if requested by PRN will be treated as a change order. (need to have access to TV’s)
  
 A switch on/off timer for TV wall Two Card Readers to enter floor from reception
area
  
 Interactive station
  
 Glass partition with glass door separating stairway (No fire rated needed, but door at top
& bottom of stair required)
  
 Coffee bar to be in reception area (not in
supply room) Filtered drinking water and instant-hot for tea, both located at sink
  
 Electric to cover everything mentioned
	  	X	  	X	  	 	  	 	  	X	  	 

  

 Page 7 of 37 

																							
	M        	  	2        	  	G&A	  	MTG (Board room)	  	594 (33X18)	  	Long table 40 chairs	  	 Take out existing coffee bar Make sure locks on this room Window side light Must haves:
  
 Set-up for ceiling mounted projector – this would require a suspended shelf, some electrical and data wiring
  
 Set-up for Centralized A/V system with multiple inputs and outputs Set-up for TV cabinet at
one end to house most of the equipment
  
 Data drops on multiple walls. These
need to be protected from visitors plugging into our LAN.
  
 Built in
Screen
 Data/Power built under the table for laptop presentation (with hole in table)
  
 Surround sound or at least room encompassing sound, if requested by PRN to be treated as a change order.
  
 Data, power, and voice wiring set-up under conference room floor. Electrical outlets for
wall hanging TV on side wall.
	  	X	  	X	  	 	  	 	  	X

  

 Page 8 of 37 

																									
	A	 	3	 	G&A	 	STORAGE (Supply & Mail Room)	 	256 (16X16)	 	 Wall Clock Message board for legal postings Garbage, paper, plastic & glass recycle
 Shredder
	 	 Millwork for supply cabinets, shelving, printer/fax station & collating area Millwork system for mail slots
  
 Door Closer on door
  
 Do not put a door leading from mailroom to reception (take off plans)
  
 Power for 2-3 copiers plus printer/fax/shredder
	 	 	 	X	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	X
													
	S	 	4	 	G&A	 	STORAGE (Security Room)	 	96 (16X6)	 	 Computer Terminal Chair
 Shelving
	 	 Security & Admin Store
 Not special power, just
make sure there is power available
	 	 	 	X	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	5	 	Company	 	Office-Spare (Fin Area)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	6	 	Company	 	Office-Spare (Fin Area)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	7	 	G&A	 	OFFICE (Alma)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 9 of 37 

																									
	O	 	8	 	G&A	 	OFFICE (Art)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back of door
	 	 Fax Machine
  
 One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	9	 	Company	 	Office-Spare-Legal (Fin Area)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	10	 	Company	 	Office-Spare (HR Area)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	11	 	G&A	 	OFFICE (Vince)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	X
													
	O	 	12	 	G&A	 	OFFICE (Christine)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	X
													
	O	 	13	 	Company	 	Office-Spare (HR Area)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 10 of 37 

																									
	O	 	14	 	Comm	 	OFFICE (Genet)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	 One Side Wall White Board/Window side
 light/locking door
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	15	 	Retail Dev	 	OFFICE (Michael)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	 One Side Wall White Board/Window side
 light/locking
door
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	16	 	Exec	 	OFFICE (Sean)	 	175 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	 One Side Wall White Board/Window side
 light/locking
door
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	17	 	Exec	 	OFFICE (Linda)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	 One Side Wall White Board/Window side
 light/locking
door
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	18	 	Exec	 	OFFICE (Charlie)	 	220 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	 One Side Wall White Board/Window side
 light/locking
door
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	X
													
	M	 	19	 	G&A	 	MTG (Exec Annex)	 	210 (15X14)	 	 Wall to Wall white board
 Round
Table
 4-6 chairs
 phone
	 	 No locks on doors of confirms
 One Side Wall White
Board/Window side light
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	X

  

 Page 11 of 37 

																									
	O	 	20	 	Executive	 	OFFICE (Jeff D.)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	 One Side Wall White Board/Window side
 light/locking door
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	S	 	21	 	G&A	 	STORAGE (Finance file room)	 	289 (17X18)	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	S	 	22	 	G&A	 	STORAGE (HR file room)	 	152 (19X8)	 	File Cabinets	 	Christine	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	A	 	23	 	Company	 	Common Spaces (Break Room)	 	180 (20X9)	 	 Dish washer
 Refrigerator
 Microwave build-in
 Toaster oven and
 regular toaster
 Snack machine
 Drink machine
 Garbage cans
 Recycle area (glass,
 cans, plastic, paper)
 Bulletin board on
 wall
 Mounted suggestion box
 Coffee bar area
	 	 Filtered drinking water and instant-hot for
tea, both located at sink
  
 1/4” copper cold waterline for coffee maker
and ice maker
  
 Exhaust fan
Countertops
Cabinets (locking)
Shelving
Garbage disposal
Dish washerhook-up
Refrigerator hook-up
Millwork
for Microwave built-in
Shelving in storage area Coffee bar area
  
 Hook-ups
and Electric for all mentioned
items
	 	 	 	X	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	F	 	24	 	G&A	 	Misl (Massage Room)	 	98 (7X14)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	F	 	25	 	G&A	 	Misl (Mom’s Room)	 	133 (7X19)	 	 	 	Hook-up for mini refrigerator	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	M	 	26	 	TSG	 	MTG (Small Meeting rm)	 	72 (9X8)	 	 Small round table
 2-3 chairs
	 	 No lock on door
 One Side Wall White Board/Window side
 light
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	M	 	27	 	TSG	 	MTG (Small Meeting rm)	 	72 (9X8)	 	 Small round table
 2-3 chairs
	 	 No lock on door
 One Side Wall White Board/Window
side
 light
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	S	 	28	 	TSG	 	Storage Closet	 	12	 	Shelving	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 12 of 37 

																									
													
	O	 	29	 	TSG	 	OFFICE (Rosanne)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	M	 	30	 	PRN	 	MTG (The Plaza)	 	324 (12X27)	 	 Long rectangle table
 10-12 chairs
phone
	 	No locks on doors of confirms One Wall White Board/Window side light	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	X
													
	M	 	31	 	Eng	 	MTG (War Room)	 	144 (9X16) Shared	 	 	 	Whiteboard walls Tables and chairs 6-8 people One Side Wall White Board/Window side light	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	32	 	Eng	 	OFFICE (Bob)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	F	 	33	 	Eng/IS	 	Misl (Library)	 	126 (9X14)	 	 	 	Shelving	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 13 of 37 

																									
	M	 	34	 	Int. Sol.	 	Common Spaces-Open Meeting Area	 	240 (16X15)	 	 Dedicated common
 space
 Wall space to secure
 interactive media
 storage cabinets to
 (CD and HV
 screeners that will
 not be absorbed in
 the archive/library
 system).
 Basic lighting and
 electrical outlets.
 Enough square
 footage to
 accommodate the
 cabinets (will stick
 out from the wall
 approx. 24”-30”)
 Round table and
 chairs.
 Shared with Media
 Solutions.
	 	 White Board
 Basic lighting and electrical outlets.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	35	 	Ops	 	OFFICE (Marion)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	O	 	36	 	Tech	 	OFFICE (Nick)	 	125 Sq. Ft.	 	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	 	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 14 of 37 

																									
	 O
	  	37	  	Company	  	Office-Spare (Tech Area)	  	125 Sq. Ft.	  	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets Coat Hook on back of door
	  	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 M
	  	38	  	Proj	  	MTG (War Room)	  	144 (9X16) Shared	  	 Round Table
 4-6 chairs
	  	 Window side light
 Wall to Wall white board

Phone
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 A
	  	39	  	G&A	  	Common Spaces (Break Room)	  	513 (27X19)	  	 Dish washer
 Refrigerator
 Microwave build-in
 Toaster oven and
 regular toaster
 Snack machine
 Drink machine
 Garbage cans
 Recycle area (glass,
 cans, plastic, paper)
 Bulletin board on
 wall
 Mounted suggestion
 box
 Coffee bar area
 tables/chairs/
 umbrellas for desk
 area
	  	 Filtered drinking water and instant-hot for tea, both located at sink
  
 1/4” copper cold waterline for coffee maker and ice maker
  
 Exhaust fan
 Countertops
 Cabinets (locking)
 Shelving
 Garbage disposal
 Dish washerhook-up
 Refrigerator hook-up
 Millwork for microwave built-in
 Shelving in storage area
 Coffee bar area
  
 Hook-ups and Electric for all mentioned
 items
	  	 	  	X	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	X
													
	 M
	  	40	  	PRN	  	MTG (West Wing)	  	304 (16X19)	  	 Large Round table
 10 chairs
 Phone
	  	 No locks on doors of conf rms
 One Side Wall White
Board/Window side light
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	X

  

 Page 15 of 37 

																									
	 O
	  	41	  	Broad Area	  	Mtg rm/Office	  	125 Sq. Ft.	  	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	  	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 O
	  	42	  	Broad	  	OFFICE (Tom)	  	125 Sq. Ft.	  	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back of door
	  	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 A
	  	43	  	 Broad
 (Graphics)
	  	Copier & Printer	  	78 (13X6)	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	X	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 F
	  	44	  	 Broad
 (Graphics)
	  	Common Spaces (Layout Area/print mount-additional)	  	189 (21X9)	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	X	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 A
	  	44.1	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 M
	  	45	  	G&A	  	MTG (Conf. Next to break room)	  	144	  	 Round Table
 4-6 chairs
 Phone
	  	Wall to Wall white board Window side light	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	X
													
	 O
	  	46	  	Broad	  	OFFICE (Keith)	  	125 Sq. Ft.	  	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	  	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 O
	  	47	  	Company	  	Office (Peter)	  	125 Sq. Ft.	  	 Furniture set-up: Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	  	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 16 of 37 

																									
	 O
	  	48	  	Company	  	OFFICE (George G.)	  	125 Sq. Ft.	  	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	  	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 O
	  	49	  	Mktg Area	  	OFFICE-Spare	  	125 Sq. Ft.	  	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	  	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 O
	  	50	  	Mktg	  	OFFICE (Mike Q.)	  	125 Sq. Ft.	  	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	  	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 O
	  	51	  	Mktg	  	OFFICE (Eric)	  	175 Sq. Ft.	  	 Furniture set-up:
 Desk
 (3) chairs
 File cabinets
 Coat Hook on back
 of door
	  	One Side Wall White Board/Window side light/locking door	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 M
	  	52	  	Mkt Area	  	Meeting Room	  	 	  	 Round Table
 4-6 chairs
 Phone
	  	Wall to Wall white board Window side light	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	X
													
	 S
	  	53	  	Mkt	  	STORAGE (Sm
storage rm)	  	97 (11X11) at furthest
points	  	Shelving	  	One wall floor to ceiling shelving installed	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 S
	  	54	  	Broad	  	STORAGE	  	110 (11X10)	  	Shelving	  	Secure room Shelving	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 L
	  	55	  	Broad	  	Lab (Viewing Station)	  	99 (11X9)	  	 	  	Currently in cubicle, can be semi enclosed	  	 	  	X	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 17 of 37 

																									
	 L
	  	56	  	G&A	  	Lab Demo Room	  	504 (18X28)	  	 	  	Each area can close off into separate area to hide other systems Cooling, outlets, network access on 4 walls, wall space for HDTV display Could be same room as demo-but sectioned off Cooling
(maintain 68 degrees F) Power outlets on 4 walls Network and telephone access Cable grid to support 4 hanging TV’s (1 in each corner) DDS system along 24’ wall SWVG system along adjacent wall R&D new technology staging area long other
24’ wall Large format HDTV display area along adjacent wall Customer/Vendor meeting area in center of room (conference table, chairs, speaker phone, etc.)- these requirements apply to all rooms. Must be enclosed to hyde equipment	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X
													
	 A
	  	57	  	Company	  	Common Spaces
(Restrooms)	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 F
	  	58	  	Company	  	Storage (Janitorial)	  	50	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 F
	  	59	  	IS	  	Misl (Telecom Closet)	  	144	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 F
	  	60	  	TSG	  	Misl (Shipping Room)	  	176 (16X11)	  	Shelving	  	Normal AC and electrical for 2 PCs White Board	  	 	  	X	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 18 of 37 

																									
													
	M	  	61	  	TSG	  	MTG (Training Room)	  	270 (18X15)	  	 Individual station
 set-up & computer
 terminals for 15
 people
 Built-in Video
 Screen
 Built-in projector
 TV handing from
 ceiling
	  	 Meeting Room – Training
 AC for up to 15 people
(adjustable)
 Writing Wall
 Electrical for up to 15 PC, and
projector
 One Side Wall White Board/Window side light
 Network
connections for all PC’s
  
 An extra network connection for 3 PC’s to
access both the PRN
 network and the Wal-Mart Remedy network
  
 We will need a pull down project screen.
  
 Set-up for Hanging TV like we have in the call center. This
 would allow us to
monitor our call queues during meetings, as
 well as use it for training sessions.
  
 Teaching station up front for the instructor to use (workspace
 that can accommodate the projector, PC and other course
 materials).
  
 Conference calling system is a must have and a video
 conferencing system is a nice to have.
  
 Phone
	  	 X
	  	 X
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 X

  

 Page 19 of 37 

																									
	L	 	62	 	TSG	 	 Lab (K-Mart/Sears/
Wal-Mart Lab)
(QA Lab –Burn-in lab-
 Share with TSG for
 now)
	 	348 (29X12)	 	 	 	 White Board
 Circuit must be able to
handle
electrical requirements for up to
12 devices and 6 servers
 Electrical circuits for computers
and lab
 Systems should be 24/7 and have
surge suppression
 Requested closed off by
wall w/
door and lock, but no ceiling
(keep open on top)
 *See Attachment
  
 QA Lab burn-in(Will be shared
with TSG for now in room but
will need to move if TSG
expands)
 Needs dedicated Circuits 2
servers and 20 bar code scanners
	 	X	 	X	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	S	 	63	 	 	 	Storage (Kitchen Storage)	 	 	 	Shelving	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	L	 	64	 	Eng	 	Lab (Engineering Lab) Combined with Staging Area	 	934 (65X17) (At furthest points)	 	 	 	 See attachment sheet for equipment
 Dampen sound inside so people can work better (NRC rating)
	 	X	 	X	 	X	 	X	 	X	 	X
													
	S	 	65	 	Int. Sol./Media Mgnt	 	STORAGE	 	(120) (12x10) shared w/media mngt.	 	Shelving	 	 Walls at least space 5’ X 4’ for cabinets
 White Board
 Archival flat files, oversized artboard, paper & media
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	L	 	65	 	Network	 	Lab (Server Room)	 	620 (31X20)	 	 	 	 See attached for equipment Configure for sprinklers to hit this room last
 Anti-Static vct floor
  
 Keep raised server room
floor and extend it with expansion of room
	 	X	 	X	 	X	 	 	 	X	 	X
													
	L	 	67	 	Network	 	Lab (Netsvc lab)	 	150(15X10)	 	 	 	See attached for equipment	 	X	 	X	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	L	 	68	 	Media Mgmt	 	Lab (Viewing Station)	 	100 (10X10)	 	 	 	Shared with Solutions	 	 	 	X	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 20 of 37 

																									
	L	 	69	 	QA	 	Lab (QC VO booth)	 	100 (10 X10)	 	 	 	 Electrical for: QC VO Booths will have at least:
 One NT Server
 1 28” TV
 120VAC in all
labs/booths
	 	 	 	X	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	L	 	70	 	QA	 	Lab (QC VO booth)	 	100 (10X10)	 	 	 	 Electrical for: At least:
 1 NT Server and

1 28” TV
 120 VAC in all labs and booths
	 	 	 	X	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	L	 	71	 	QA	 	Lab (QC & QA labs)	 	948 (38 X 29) at furthest points	 	 	 	 Electrical for: The QC Lab will have approximately:
 10 28” TV’s, 4 computer monitors
 10 Servers
 10 Barcode scanners and 1 printer
 Needs dedicated AC
 Needs a white board 120 VAC in all labs and booths
 Dedicated electrical circuits for computers and lab
 Tile Floor (non-static) (Note for All Labs)
	 	X	 	X	 	X	 	 	 	X	 	X
													
	L	 	72	 	Broad (Standards)	 	Lab (Viewing stations & employees)	 	244 (26X9)	 	 	 	Two people and 3 viewing stations	 	X	 	X	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	F	 	73	 	IS	 	Misl (Telecom Closet)	 	80	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	A	 	74	 	Company	 	 Common Spaces
 (Restrooms)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	S	 	75	 	Network	 	STORAGE	 	180 (9X19)	 	Shelving	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	F	 	76	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	F	 	77	 	Broad	 	Storage (Shelving)	 	36 Feet against walls	 	Wall space Shelving	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	C	 	78	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	C	 	79	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	C	 	80	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	C	 	81	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	C	 	82	 	Column	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	C	 	83	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	C	 	84	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	C	 	85	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
													
	C	 	86	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 21 of 37 

																									
	C	 	87	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	88	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	89	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	90	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	91	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	92	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	93	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	94	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	95	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	96	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	97	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	A	 	98	 	Column	 	Print Station	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	99	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	100	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	101	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	102	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	103	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	104	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	105	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	106	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	107	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	108	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	109	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	110	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	M	 	111	 	Company	 	 Common Spaces
 (Meeting area)
	 	 	 	 Table
 (2) chairs
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	112	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	S	 	113	 	HR	 	Forms Area	 	80 (20X4)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	A	 	113.1	 	Company	 	Copier	 	 	 	 	 	Electrical	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	114	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	115	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	116	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	117	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	118	 	Column	 	 Cube (Larger size cube
 –Call
Ctr)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	119	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	120	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	121	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 22 of 37 

																									
	C	 	122	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	123	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	124	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	125	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	126	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	127	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	128	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	129	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	130	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	131	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	132	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	133	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	134	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	135	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	136	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	A	 	137	 	TSG	 	Print Station & Copier	 	12 Ft.	 	 	 	 Electrical for two printers, two copiers, fax machine, plotter, duplicator equipment White board
 Normal office lighting
  
 No millwork needed, freestanding table set-
 up
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	138	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	139	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	140	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	141	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	142	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	143	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	144	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	145	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	146	 	Column	 	Cube (Engineering)	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	147	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	148	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	149	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	150	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C	 	151	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 23 of 37 

																									
	C	  	152	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	153	  	Column	  	Cube (Engineering	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	154	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	155	  	Column	  	Cube (Engineering)	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	156	  	Column	  	Cube (Engineering)	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	157	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	158	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	159	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	F	  	160	  	Company	  	Storage (File Cabinets)	  	 	  	File Cabinets	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	161	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	162	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	163	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	164	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	165	  	Column	  	Cube (Engineering)	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	166	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	167	  	Column	  	Cube (Engineering)	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	168	  	 	  	Cube	  	Special Configuration	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	169	  	Network	  	Cube (Shared work area)	  	48 (6X8)	  	 	  	 Electrical for: Scanner, digital camera, editing software, label maker at a common
 PC
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	170	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	171	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	172	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	173	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	174	  	Column	  	Cube (MM)	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	175	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	176	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	177	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	178	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	F	  	179	  	Company	  	Storage (File Cabinets)	  	 	  	File Cabinets	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	180	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	181	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	182	  	Column	  	Cube (IS)	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	183	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	184	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	185	  	Column	  	Cube (MM)	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	186	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 24 of 37 

																									
	C	  	187	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	188	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	189	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	F	  	190	  	Company	  	Storage (File Cabinets)	  	 	  	File Cabinets	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	191	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	192	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	193	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	194	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	195	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	196	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	197	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	198	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	F	  	199	  	Company	  	Storage (File Cabinets)	  	 	  	File Cabinets	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	200	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	201	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	202	  	Column	  	Cube (MS)	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	203	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	204	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	205	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	F	  	206	  	Company	  	Storage (File Cabinets)	  	 	  	File Cabinets	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	207	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	208	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	209	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	210	  	Column	  	Cube (QA)	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	211	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	212	  	Column	  	Cube (QA)	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	213	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	214	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	A	  	215	  	Company	  	Printer Station	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	216	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	217	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	218	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	219	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	220	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	221	  	Column	  	Cube (PM)	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	222	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	C	  	223	  	 	  	Cube	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 25 of 37 

																									
	C	 	224	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	225	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 F
	 	226	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	227	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	228	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	229	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	230	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	231	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	232	 	Column	 	Cube (Broadcast)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	233	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	234	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 A
	 	235	 	Company	 	Print Station	 	 	 	 	 	Electrical	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	236	 	Column	 	Cube (Broadcast)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	237	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	238	 	Column	 	Cube (Broadcast)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	239	 	Column	 	Cube (Broadcast)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	240	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	241	 	Column	 	Cube (Broadcast)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	242	 	Column	 	Cube (Broadcast)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	243	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 F
	 	244	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	245	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	246	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	247	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	248	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 S
	 	249	 	Mkt	 	Storage	 	 	 	Shelving	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	250	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	251	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	253	 	 	 	Cube	 	Special Configuration	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	253	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	254	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	255	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 F
	 	256	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	257	 	Broad	 	Lab (Viewing Station)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	258	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	259	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	260	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 26 of 37 

																									
	 C
	 	261	 	Column	 	Cube (Broadcast)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	262	 	Column	 	Cube (Broadcast)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	263	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	264	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	265	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	266	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	267	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	268	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 F
	 	269	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	270	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	271	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	272	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	273	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	274	 	Mkt	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	275	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	276	 	Mkt	 	Special Cube configuration (Presentation Specialist)	 	 	 	 Articulating keyboard Plenty of open desk space.
 Put table in Mkt area for layout use to make up for lack of space in cube
	 	Electrical for: Large monitor	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	277	 	 	 	 Part of Presentation Specialist Cube
 Mkt
	 	 	 	 	 	Combining this cube with cube C 276	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 F
	 	278	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	279	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	280	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	281	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	282	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	283	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	284	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	285	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 C
	 	286	 	 	 	Cube	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 F
	 	287	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 F
	 	288	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 F
	 	289	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 F
	 	290	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 27 of 37 

																									
	F	 	291	 	Company	 	Storage (File Cabinets)	 	 	 	File Cabinets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 S-G
	 	292	 	G-Company	 	Storage	 	 	 	Shelving	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	S-G	 	293	 	G-Media Mgmt	 	STORAGE (Media Library Vault)	 	733 (44X23 at furthest points)	 	Video storage racks	 	 Secu red area-needs card reader
 Weight issue 45-50
thousand lbs Keep it close to core of building Need specific AC & humidity tokeep tapes the correct temperature Sufficient data –viewing station and desk set up needs
 1.5 ton heat pump placed in hall between library and storage (due to humidity system might drip, plus may be used for converted storage room in the future)
 See attachment
 Configure for sprinklers to hit this room last
	 	X	 	X	 	X	 	 	 	X	 	X
	A-G	 	294	 	G-First Floor	 	 Common Spaces
 (Break Area)
	 	 	 	Regular toaster Recycle area (glass, Cans, plastic, paper) Tables and chairs	 	 Filtered drinking water and instant-hot for tea
  
 1/4” copper cold waterline for coffee maker
  
 Exhaust fan
 Hook-up for Mini refrigerator
 Hook-up for microwave
 coffee bar area
  
 Electrical and hook-up for everything mentioned
	 	 	 	X	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

 Page 28 of 37 

																									
	L-G	 	295	 	 G-Media
 Mgmt
	 	Lab (Video Edit 3)	 	208 (16X13)	 	 	 	 Install door closer-outer door
  
 Sound rated sliding glass door leading to MCR rm
  
 Door to outside sound rating 45
  
 Need wiring access through walls & above ceiling, holes should be in upper corners
  
 (2) 20-Amp circuits for each suite
  
 Need sound reflective inner-walls/fabric 1” to 1 2 1/2” think on walls, if requested by PRN will be treated as a change order. (To be determined after build-out)
  
 See attachment for more requirements
	 	X	 	X	 	 	 	X	 	X	 	X

  

 Page 29 of 37 

																									
	 L-G
	 	296	 	 G-Media
 Mgmt
	 	Lab (Video Edit 4)	 	192 (16X12)	 	 	 	 Install door closer-outer door
  
 Sound rated sliding glass door leading to MCR rm Door to outside lower sound rating to 45
  
 Need wiring access through walls & above ceiling, holes should be in corners (map marked with areas that need holes)
  
 See attachment for more requirements
  
 (2) 20-Amp circuits for each suite
  
 Need sound reflective inner-walls/fabric 1” to 1 2 1/2” think on walls, if requested by PRN will be treated as a change order. (To be determined after
build-out)
	 	X	 	X	 	 	 	X	 	X	 	X

  

 Page 30 of 37 

																									
	L-G	  	297	  	 G-Media
 Mgmt
	  	Lab (Video Edit 1)	  	247 (19X13)	  	 	  	 Interactive Production-Steve Pogatch
 Indirect lighting
 All suites need STC rating of 45 or greater
 The NRC rating (reflected noise from within the room) is .95 or higher for all suites
  
 Install door closer-outer door
  
 Full Sound rating for solid core door leading to Iso booth
  
 Door to outside sound rating of 45
  
 Need wiring access through walls & above ceiling, holes should be in upper wall corners
  
 KVM switch placed in this room to make either video or edit suite
  
 (2) 20-Amp circuits for each suite
  
 Need sound reflective inner-walls/fabric 1” to 1 2 1/2” think on walls, if requested by
 PRN will be treated as a change order. (To be determined after
build-out)
  
 See attachment for further requirements
	  	X	  	X	  	 	  	X	  	X	  	X

  

 Page 31 of 37 

																									
	L-G	  	298	  	 G-Media
 Mgmt
	  	Lab (Isolation Booth)	  	77 (11X7)	  	 	  	 All suites need STC rating of 45 or greater The NRC rating (reflected noise from within the room) is .95 or higher for all suites
 Sound rated sliding glass door leading to MCR rm
  
 Need wiring access through walls & above ceiling, holes should be in corners (map marked with areas that need holes)
  
 Need sound reflective inner-walls/fabric 1” to 1 2 1/2” think on walls, if requested by PRN will be treated as a change order. (To be determined after
build-out)
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	X	  	 	  	X

  

 Page 32 of 37 

																									
	L-G	  	299	  	G-Media
Mgmt	  	Lab (Audio Edit 2)	  	224 (16X14)	  	 	  	 Sample/Conversion Room-Rob
Kvoriak
 Needs indirect
lighting
 All suites need STC rating of 45
or greater.
 The
NRC rating (reflected noise
from within the room) is .95 or
higher for all suites
 Sound rated sliding glass door
leading to MCR rm
  
 Need wiring access through walls
& above ceiling, holes should be
in upper wall
corners
  
 KVM switch placed in this room
to make either video or edit
suite
  
 (2) 20-Amp circuits for each suite
  
 Need sound reflective inner-
walls/fabric 1” to 1 2 1/2” think on
walls, if requested by PRN will
be treated as a change order. (To
 be determined after build-out)
  
 See attachment for further
requirements
	  	X	  	X	  	 	  	X	  	 	  	X
													
	 L-G
	  	300	  	 G-Media
 Mgmt
	  	 Lab (Compression)
	  	 140 (10X14)
	  	 	  	 Should be in immediate proximity of
 Master Control
Room
 Indirect Lighting
 Normal door,
 so ratings
 (2) 20-Amp Circuits
	  	X	  	X	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 C-G
	  	301	  	 G-First Floor
	  	 Cube
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
													
	 C-G
	  	302	  	 G-First Floor
	  	 Cube
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 33 of 37 

																							
	 L-G
	  	303	  	 G-Media
 Mgmt
	  	Lab (Video Edit 1)	  	247 (19X15 at furthest points)	  	 Edit One needs to accommodate a producer’s desk Noise is a concern for edit suites do not put them next to machine rooms/mechanical rooms
with fans, ducts & motors Needs sound proofing Needs indirect lighting All suites need STC rating of 45 or greater. The NRC rating (reflected noise from within the room) is .95 or higher for all suites Install door closer Sound rated sliding
glass door leading to MCR rm
  
 Door to outside lower sound rating of
45
  
 Need wiring access through walls & above ceiling, holes should be on
upper wall corners
  
 (2) 20-Amp circuits for each suite
  
 Need sound reflective inner-walls/fabric 1” to 1 2 1/2” think on walls, if requested by PRN will be treated as a change order. (To be determined after
build-out)
	  	X	  	X	  	 	  	X	  	X	  	X

  

 Page 34 of 37 

																									
	 L-G
	  	304	  	G-Media
Mgmt	  	Lab (Video Edit 2)	  	144 (9X16)	  	 	  	 See attachment
 Needs to accommodate a producer and
others that interact with editor All suites need STC rating of 45 or greater. The NRC rating (reflected noise from within the room) is .95 or higher for all suites
 Install door closer
 Sound rated sliding glass door leading to MCR rm
  
 Door to outside lower sound rating of 45
  
 Need wiring access through walls & above ceiling, holes should be on upper wall corners
  
 (2) 20-Amp circuits for each suite
  
 Need sound reflective inner-walls/fabric 1” to 1 2 1/2” think on walls, if requested by PRN will be treated as a change order. (To be determined after build-out)
	  	X	  	X	  	 	  	X	  	X	  	X
													
	 S-G
	  	305	  	G-Netwrk &
TSG	  	STORAGE (1st Floor)	  	 	  	Shelving	  	Within shelves 3 ft. clearance between them.	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 35 of 37 

																									
	 L-G
	  	306	  	 G-Media
 Mgmt
	  	Lab (Master Control Rm)	  	320 (20X15)	  	Wood panel built behind racks to hold wiring	  	 Dedicated circuits Indirect lighting. Will need 24/7 AC. (Also houses compression) Needs sliding doors connecting it to the suites surrounding it.
Install door closer-outer door
  
 (2) 5 Ton heat pumps in this room
  
 Total of (8) 20-Amp and (2) 30 Amp circuits in this room
  
 Door to outside sound rating to 45
  
 Need wiring access through walls & above ceiling, holes should in upper wall
corners
  
 Tile Floor
  
 See attachment for more requirements
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X
	 A
	  	307	  	Company	  	Printer (1st Floor) Media Office	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	308	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	309	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	310	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	311	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	312	  	Company	  	 Gyp-Board
 (Ceiling)
	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	313	  	Company	  	Printer	  	(1) color printer, (1) reg.	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	314	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	315	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	316	  	Company	  	 Gyp-Board
 (Ceiling)
	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	317	  	Company	  	Printer & Copier	  	(1) printer, (1) copier	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	318	  	Company	  	 Gyp-Board
 (Ceiling)
	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	319	  	Company	  	 Gyp-Board
 (Ceiling)
	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	320	  	Company	  	Printer & Copier	  	(1) printer, (1) copier	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 36 of 37 

																									
	 A
	  	321	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	322	  	Company	  	TV Wall	  	Millwork needed (need access to TV’s)	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	323	  	Company	  	Chilled/Filtered Water
Dispenser	  	 	  	 	  	Plumbing needed	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	324	  	Company	  	Printer (1st Floor)	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	325	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	326	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	327	  	Company	  	Printer	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	328	  	Company	  	Gyp-Board (Ceiling)	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	329	  	Company	  	Gyp-Board (Ceiling)	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	330	  	Company	  	Gyp-Board (Ceiling)	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 A
	  	331	  	Company	  	Gyp-Board (Ceiling)	  	 	  	 	  	Electrical	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 Page 37 of 37 

 EXHIBIT E-4 

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

							
	 	  	Sub Landlord Construction Buget	  	 	 	 
	Date: 4/30/03	  	Premier Retail Networks	  	Plans Dated:	 	3/1/03
	Estimate #6	  	600 Harrison Street, 4th Floor	  	Rentable SF:	 	45,843
	 	  	San Francisco, CA	  	 	 	 

  

							
	 TRADE

	  	AMOUNT

	  	COST/SF

	 General Conditions
	  	$	67,950	  	$	1.48
	 General Carpentry and Labor
	  	 	4,390	  	 	0.10
	 Clean-up & Protection
	  	 	28,528	  	 	0.62
	 Demolition & Site Preparation
	  	 	33,870	  	 	0.74
	 Enclose Existing Stair w/ Walls (Option “3” w/ 1/2” glass wall and door on 4th Floor)
	  	 	22,500	  	 	0.49
	 Millwork
	  	 	8,020	  	 	0.17
	 Doors / Frames / Hardware
	  	 	49,622	  	 	1.08
	 Glass & Glazing
	  	 	1,872	  	 	0.04
	 Drywall
	  	 	84,222	  	 	1.84
	 Acoustic Ceiling Systems ( includes 50% of cost for new grid throughout both floors)
	  	 	51,364	  	 	1.12
	 Flooring
	  	 	175,905	  	 	3.84
	 Painting
	  	 	35,924	  	 	0.78
	 Window Coverings
	  	 	6,546	  	 	0.14
	 Fire Protection
	  	 	37,602	  	 	0.82
	 Plumbing
	  	 	5,000	  	 	0.11
	 HVAC 1st Floor
	  	 	33,739	  	 	0.74
	 HVAC 4th Floor
	  	 	118,130	  	 	2.58
	 Electrical & Life Safety
	  	 	404,380	  	 	8.82
			
	 Allowances:
	  	 	 	  	 	 
	 OTI Permits
	  	 	15,000	  	 	0.33
	 Blueprints
	  	 	7,500	  	 	0.16
			
	 Subtotal
	  	$	1,192,063	  	$	26.00
	 Contingency             0%
	  	 	0	  	 	0.00
	 Subtotal
	  	$	1,192,063	  	$	26.00
	 Fee
                            3%
	  	 	35,762	  	 	0.78
	 	  	
	
	  	
	

	 BUDGET SUM
	  	$	1,227,825	  	$	26.78

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate #6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 01000 GENERAL CONDITIONS

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Estimated Project Duration
	  	13	  	Wks	  	 	  	 	 
				
	 Preconstruction Services
	  	 	  	 	  	Included in Fee
					
	 Project Manager (Half Time)
	  	13	  	Wks	  	1,325	  	 	17,225
					
	 Project Superintendent (Full Time)
	  	13	  	Wks	  	2,650	  	 	34,450
					
	 Project Assistant (Part Time)
	  	13	  	Wks	  	500	  	 	6,500
					
	 Job truck
	  	13	  	Wks	  	400	  	 	5,200
					
	 Jobsite Telephone / Fax / Data
	  	13	  	Wks	  	150	  	 	1,950
					
	 Project Office
	  	13	  	Wks	  	50	  	 	650
					
	 Deliveries, Postage, and Supplies
	  	13	  	Wks	  	75	  	 	975
					
	 Project Mobilization
	  	1	  	LS	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
					
	 Our CCE “Clean Construction Environment System”
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	Included
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	67,950
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	1.48
					
	 COST PER ADDITIONAL WEEK
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	5,150

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate #6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 01140 GENERAL CARPENTRY & LABOR

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

					
	 Fire Treated Plywood Backboards
	  	4	  	Ea	  	135	  	 	540
					
	 First Extinguishers/Cab’ts (most re-used)
	  	6	  	Ea	  	275	  	 	1,650
					
	 Fire caulking/firestopping at core walls
	  	5	  	Mdays	  	440	  	 	2,200
					
	 TOTAL GENERAL CARPENTRY & LABOR
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	4,390
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.10

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate #6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 02300 CLEAN-UP & PROTECTION

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

					
	 Progress Clean-up (3 full days a week x 11 weeks)
	  	264	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	13,200
					
	 Misc. Protection Materials
	  	1	  	LS	  	750	  	 	750
					
	 Pre-filter at Return Air
	  	3	  	Ea	  	275	  	 	825
					
	 Final Janitorial Cleanup
	  	45,843	  	SF	  	0.30	  	 	13,753
	 	  	
	  	
	  	
	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL CLEAN-UP & PROTECTION
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	28,528
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.62

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate #6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 02100 DEMOLITION & SITE PREPARATION

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

					
	 1st
Floor
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Carpet Demo
	  	16	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	800
					
	 Ceiling Tile Removal
	  	8	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	400
					
	 Wall Demo
	  	22	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	1,100
					
	 Protection
	  	8	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	400
					
	 Debris Removal
	  	16	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	800
					
	 Demo clean-up
	  	8	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	400
					
	 Debris Boxes
	  	2	  	Ea	  	480	  	 	960
					
	 4th
Floor
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Carpet Demo
	  	130	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	6,500
					
	 Ceiling Tile Removal
	  	56	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	2,800
					
	 Wall Demo
	  	141	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	7,050
					
	 Cable Tray Demo
	  	64	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	3,200
					
	 Computer Floor
	  	6	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	300
					
	 Protection
	  	16	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	800
					
	 Debris Removal
	  	40	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	2,000
					
	 Demo clean-up
	  	12	  	Mhrs	  	50	  	 	600
					
	 Debris Boxes
	  	12	  	Ea	  	480	  	 	5,760
	 	  	
	  	
	  	
	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL DEMOLITION & SITE PREPARATION
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	33,870
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.74

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate #6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 06600 MILLWORK

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

					
	 Assumes Millwork items are dashed on plan:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Breakroom 51 P-lam uppers and lowers
	  	18	  	LF	  	390	  	 	7,020
					
	 Printer station 105 P-lam countertop
	  	10	  	LF	  	100	  	 	1,000
	 	  	
	  	
	  	
	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL MILLWORK
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	8,020
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.17

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate #6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 08100 DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Typical interior doors figured as prefinished plain sliced cheery or eq.
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Frames as factory painted aluminum
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Hardware brushed chrome
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Electric hardware for Card Readers at Room described
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Acoustical Doors figured STC 50 by Industrial Acoustics
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 1st
Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Storage 70
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Storage 71
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Storage 72
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Stock Closet 104
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Corr. Adjacent Storage 71
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,085	  	 	1,085
	 Dubbing 115
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 MCR 77
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Viewing Station
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
					
	 4th
Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Keith w/ 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,130	  	 	1,130
	 Peter 39 w/ 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,130	  	 	1,130
	 Open w/ 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,130	  	 	1,130
	 Mike Quinn 45 w/ 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,130	  	 	1,130
	 Eric w/ 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,130	  	 	1,130
	 Jeff D w/ 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,130	  	 	1,130
	 # 31 w 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,130	  	 	1,130
	 Charlie 37 w/ 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,130	  	 	1,130
	 Rosanne 48.5 w/ 4’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,130	  	 	1,130
	 Mothering 50
	  	1	  	Ea	  	902	  	 	902
	 Conf adj. Balcony with 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,075	  	 	1,075
	 TSG Mtg. 32 w/ 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,075	  	 	1,075
	 TSG Mtg. 32.5 w/ 2’-0” sidelite
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,075	  	 	1,075
	 Conf.
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Mktg. Storage
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Broadcast Storage 96
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Stor 10/1/103
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 IS Stor 57
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Security Stor 55
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Break Stor
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 HR Stor
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Fin Stor 54
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 Viewing Stn 13
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 Standards Lab 10
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 QA VO Booth 80
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 Viewing Stn 64
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 Supply/Mail 56
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 TSG Shipping 49
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 QA VO Booth 80
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 QA Lab 78
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 Demo Room 63
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 Network Services Lab
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 QA Lab 22
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 QA VO Booth 25
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 QC Lab 24
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 QA Lab 23
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 TSG Lab 26/27
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 Eng. Lab 14
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 Server 21
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 Corr Below Demo
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 TSG Training 33
	  	1	  	Ea	  	1,000	  	 	1,000
	 Massage Rm 52
	  	1	  	Ea	  	890	  	 	890
	 	  	
	  	
	  	
	  	
	

	 TOTAL DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	49,622
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	1.08

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate #6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 08800 GLASS & GLAZING

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 1⁄4” glazing at office sidelites per door schedule
	  	234	  	SF	  	8	  	 	1,872
	 	  	
	  	
	  	
	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL GLASS & GLAZING
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	1,872
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.04

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/3/03

  

										
	 09200 DRYWALL

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 1st Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Layout
	  	10	  	Mhrs	  	54	  	 	650
	 Ceiling Height Walls
	  	114	  	LF	  	37.50	  	 	4,275
	 Demo Scars
	  	7	  	Ea	  	80	  	 	560
					
	 4th Floor
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Layout
	  	47	  	Mhrs	  	65	  	 	3,055
	 Ceiling Height Walls
	  	884	  	LF	  	37.50	  	 	33,150
	 Slab to Slab Walls w/ insulation
	  	294	  	LF	  	73	  	 	21,462
	 End wall conditions
	  	37	  	Ea	  	80	  	 	2,960
	 Ceiling Height Stub Walls
	  	334	  	LF	  	37.50	  	 	12,525
	 Mullion Conditions
	  	5	  	Ea	  	125	  	 	625
	 Demo Scars
	  	49	  	Ea	  	80	  	 	3,920
	 Minor patching
	  	16	  	Mhrs	  	65	  	 	1,040
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL DRYWALL
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	84,222
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	1.84

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/3/03

  

										
	 09500 ACOUSTIC CEILING SYSTEMS

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 1st Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 All new ceiling tile into existing grid.
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Includes rework of existing grid to accommodate new slab to salb partitions, etc.
	  	1	  	Quote	  	5,743	  	 	5,743
					
	 50% of cost of new grid on 1st Floor
	  	1	  	LS	  	2,990	  	 	2,990
					
	 4th Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 All new ceiling tile into existing grid.
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Includes rework of existing grid to accommodate new slab to salb partitions, etc.
	  	1	  	Quote	  	24,718	  	 	24,718
					
	 Assumes new tile to be standard 2 x 4 flat lay-in
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 50% of cost of new grid on 4th Floor
	  	1	  	LS	  	17,913	  	 	17,913
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL ACOUSTIC CEILING SYSTEMS
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	51,364
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	1.12

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/3/03

  

										
	 09600 FLOORING

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Carpet $ 30/SY installed
	  	4631	  	SY	  	30	  	 	138,930
					
	 Armstrong Stonetex VCT at the following Rooms:
	  	4747	  	SF	  	3.70	  	 	17,564
	 Breakroom
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 HR Storage
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Telecom
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 TSG
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Supply
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Security Storage
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Broadcast Storage
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Mktg. Storage
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Lunch Room
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Storage Rooms
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Library 68
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Stock Closet
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Dubbing/Compression
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Armstrong Anti-static VCT at Server Room and Net. Ser. Lab
	  	840	  	SF	  	6.15	  	 	5,166
					
	 4” rubber base
	  	7700	  	LF	  	1.85	  	 	14,245
					
	 TOTAL FLOORING
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	175,905
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	3.84

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate #6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/3/03

  

										
	 09600 PAINTING

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Paint walls
	  	50120	  	SF	  	0.52	  	 	26,062
					
	 Paint drywall at perimeter window
	  	6822	  	SF	  	0.65	  	 	4,434
					
	 Misc. gyp ceilings
	  	1392	  	SF	  	0.65	  	 	905
					
	 Paint existing HM door frames at core
	  	18	  	Ea	  	55	  	 	990
					
	 Paint smoke doors at 4th Floor elevator lobby
	  	2	  	Ea	  	350	  	 	700
					
	 Paint Elevator Doors
	  	4	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	1,200
					
	 Paint Elevator Lobby
	  	8	  	Mhrs	  	68	  	 	544
					
	 Misc. touch-up
	  	16	  	Mhrs	  	68	  	 	1,088
					
	 Paint existing ceiling grid
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	Excluded
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL PAINTING
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	35,924
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.78

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/3/03

  

										
	 12300 WINDOW COVERINGS

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Remove, clean, and re-install existing mini blinds
	  	247	  	Ea	  	26.50	  	 	6,546
					
	 Perform minor repairs
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL WINDOW COVERINGS
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	6,546
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.14

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/3/03

  

										
	 15500 FIRE PROTECTION

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Design-build sprinkler reconfiguration to meet code
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 OTI Permit drawings included
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Al heads to be replaced with building standard
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Center of tile installation not included ( existing not that way)
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Seismic upgrades excluded
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 1st Floor
	  	1	  	Quote	  	8,266	  	 	8,266
					
	 4th Floor
	  	1	  	Quote	  	29,336	  	 	29,336
					
	 TOTAL FIRE PROTECTION
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	37,602
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.82

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/3/03

  

										
	 15100 PLUMBING

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Design-build plumbing work
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Includes OTI permit drawings
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Safe-off demolition included
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Excludes ADA upgrades to core restrooms
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
				
	 Lunch Room 51:
	  	 	  	 	  	Assumes existing
					
	 Break Room 51
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Includes new coffee sink and faucet, dishwasher connection,
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 garbage disposal, hot water dispenser, outlet for appliances’
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 10-gallon water heater
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Sub Quotation
	  	1	  	LS	  	5,000	  	 	5,000
					
	 TOTAL PLUMBING
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	5,000
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.11

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/3/03

  

										
	 15300 HVAC 1ST FLOOR

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 All based on load information provided in the Matrix
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 1st Floor Includes:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Field survey
	  	1	  	LS	  	1,215	  	 	1,215
	 Engineering, title-24 permit sets
	  	1	  	LS	  	6,885	  	 	6,885
	 Project coordination
	  	1	  	LS	  	4,000	  	 	4,000
	 Relocate (4) thermostats of existing heat pumps
	  	4	  	Ea	  	250	  	 	1,000
	 Misc. demo and rework of ductwork & grilles
	  	1	  	LS	  	3,751	  	 	3,751
	 Add (4) secondary drain pans
	  	4	  	Ea	  	600	  	 	2,400
	 Material stocking and handling
	  	1	  	LS	  	1,700	  	 	1,700
					
	 Supply air grilles at non-sound sensitive areas
	  	14	  	Ea	  	255	  	 	3,570
	 Return air grilles at non-sound sensitive areas
	  	4	  	Ea	  	255	  	 	1,020
					
	 Start-up and test ten heat pumps
	  	4	  	Ea	  	559	  	 	2,236
					
	 Air Balance, test and adjust
	  	1	  	LS	  	5,962	  	 	5,962
					
	 TOTAL HVAC 1ST FLOOR
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	33,739
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.74

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/3/03

  

										
	 15300 HVAC 4TH FLOOR

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 All based on load information provided in the Matrix
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 4th Floor Includes:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Field survey
	  	1	  	LS	  	3,240	  	 	3,240
	 Engineering, title-24 permit sets
	  	1	  	LS	  	12,150	  	 	12,150
	 Provide (1) new DDVAV zone at “The Plaza” Conf. Room
	  	1	  	LS	  	3,130	  	 	3,130
	 Project coordination
	  	1	  	LS	  	8,100	  	 	8,100
	 Material stocking and handling
	  	1	  	LS	  	7,000	  	 	7,000
					
	 Relocate pneumatic thermostats at existing offices
	  	29	  	Ea	  	250	  	 	7,250
					
	 (1) new cooling only zone at Viewing 13, Broadcast Storage 96 and Marketing Storage 68
	  	1	  	Ea	  	2,230	  	 	2,230
					
	 New Supply air grilles
	  	37	  	Ea	  	255	  	 	9,435
	 New Return air grilles
	  	29	  	Ea	  	75	  	 	2,175
	 Relocate supply air grilles
	  	20	  	Ea	  	175	  	 	3,500
	 Duct insulation for above
	  	1	  	LS	  	2,500	  	 	2,500
					
	 Dedicated 24/7 cooling cooled by the existing rooftop closed circuit dry cooler for the following areas:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 A total of 35.5 tons is required including the 6 tons already existing in the Server Room
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 the 3 tons existing in QA Lab 22 and the 3 tons existing in existing telecom/IDF Room.
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Assumes base building systems can handle increased demand of additional 23.5 tons over the existing 12 tons.
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Network Services Lab = 3 tons or (1) 3 ton heat pump
	  	1	  	Ea	  	7,500	  	 	7,500
	 QA Lab 22 = 1.5 tons but there is an existing 3 ton unit
	  	 	  	 	  	Reuse existing
	 Server Room = 6 tons and there are (2) existing 3 ton units
	  	 	  	 	  	Reuse existing
	 Existing Telecom / IDF Room has an existing 3 ton unit
	  	 	  	 	  	Reuse existing
					
	 Condenser water piping
	  	115	  	LF	  	40	  	 	4,600
	 Secondary drain pans at heat pumps
	  	1	  	Ea	  	562	  	 	562
					
	 Foil face duct insulation for new ductwork
	  	1	  	LS	  	2,036	  	 	2,036
					
	 Encapsulate existing pink fiberglass ductwork with foil face duct wrap
	  	1	  	LS	  	28,000	  	 	28,000
					
	 Start-up and test
	  	1	  	LS	  	6,707	  	 	6,707
					
	 Air Balance, test and adjust
	  	1	  	LS	  	8,015	  	 	8,015
					
	 TOTAL HVAC 4TH FLOOR
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	118,130
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	2,58

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 6
	Sub Landlord Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 16000 ELECTRICAL & LIFE SAFETY

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Includes:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Design/Build Engineering and Title-24 Calcs
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Electrical permit and inspection fees
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Make-safe demolition
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Temp power
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Allowance for Life Safety Upgrades including PAFA
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Removal and on-site storage of existing fixtures
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Re-use of existing 2 x 4 light fixtures
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Indirect Luna 2 x 4 lighting in rooms as noted in the Matrix
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Switching
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Exit and Emergency Lighting
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Distribution and Outlets for loads noted in the Matrix
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Power to all HVAC equipment based on the Matrix
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 1st Floor
Subcontractor Quotation
	  	1	  	LS	  	68,285	  	 	68,285
					
	 4th Floor
Subcontractor Quotation
	  	1	  	LS	  	328,095	  	 	328,095
					
	 Clean and relamp existing 2 x 4 fixtures to be re-used
	  	1	  	LS	  	8,000	  	 	8,000
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL ELECTRICAL & LIFE SAFETY
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	404,380
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	8.82

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

					
	 Date: 4/30/03
 Estimate #5
	 	 Sub Tenant Construction Budget
 Premier Retail Networks
 600 Harrison Street, 4th Floor
 San Francisco,
CA
	 	 Plans Dated: 3/1/03
 Rentable SF: 45,843

  

							
	 TRADE

	  	AMOUNT

	  	COST/SF

	 Structural Steel for Media Library Vault
	  	$	20,000	  	 	0.44
	 Millwork
	  	 	8,775	  	 	0.19
	 Doors / Frames / Hardware
	  	 	19,975	  	 	0.44
	 Glass & Glazing
	  	 	28,210	  	 	0.62
	 Drywall
	  	 	49,736	  	 	1.08
	 Acoustic Ceiling Grid (50% of cost for new grid throughout both floors)
	  	 	20,903	  	 	.46
	 Folding Partition at TSG Lab 26
	  	 	 	  	 	Deleted
	 FM-200 Gas Suppression at Media Library Vault
	  	 	22,958	  	 	0.50
	 Plumbing
	  	 	5,000	  	 	0.11
	 HVAC 1st Floor (with upsize of existing Heat Exchanger)
	  	 	112,933	  	 	2.46
	 HVAC 4th Floor (with new 50-ton cooling tower)
	  	 	161,739	  	 	3.53
	 Electrical (with indirect fixtures throughout)
	  	 	92,087	  	 	2.01
			
	 Subtotal
	  	$	542,316	  	$	11.83
	 Contingency 0%
	  	 	0	  	 	0.00
	 Subtotal
	  	$	542,316	  	$	11.83
	 Fee 3%
	  	 	16,269	  	 	0.35
	 	  	
	
	  	
	

	 BUDGET SUM
	  	$	558,585	  	$	12.18

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 05200 STRUCTURAL STEEL

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Structural Steel Allowance for structural support for Library Space
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Assumes 50,000 lbs. of weight. (Matrix notes 22,000 lbs.)
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Work to occur at garage roof deck or Nelson studs into 1st floor slab?
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Engineering and Testing & Inspections excluded
	  	1	  	Allow	  	20,000	  	 	20,000
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL STRUCTURAL STEEL
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	20,000
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.44

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 06600 MILLWORK

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Assumes Millwork items are dashed on plan:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Layout Table 60 P-lam Countertop
	  	21	  	LF	  	100	  	 	2,100
					
	 Broadcast Work Area 60 P-lam Countertop
	  	6	  	LF	  	100	  	 	600
					
	 Broadcast Work Area 60 Melamine shelving
	  	15	  	LF	  	75	  	 	1,125
					
	 Common Space 73 P-lam Base Cabinets for Media Storage
	  	22	  	LF	  	225	  	 	4,950
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL MILLWORK
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	8,775
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.19

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 08100 DOORS, FRAMES, & HARDWARE

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Typical interior doors figures as prefinished plain sliced cheery or eq.
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Frames as factory painted aluminum
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Hardware brushed chrome
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Electric hardware for Card Readers at Rooms described
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Acoustical Doors figured STC 50 by Industrial Acoustics
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Electric Hardware for Viewing Station
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
					
	 Isolation Booth STC 45 Door w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	3,150	  	 	3,150
	 Audio 116 STC45 Door w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	3,150	  	 	3,150
	 Audio 217 STC45 Door w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	3,150	  	 	3,150
	 Video 119 STC45 Door w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	3,150	  	 	3,150
	 Video 218 STC45 Door w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	3,150	  	 	3,150
					
	 4th Floor
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Electric Hardware for QA VO Booth 80
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Electric Hardware for QA Lab 78
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Electric Hardware for Demo Room 63 w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Electric Hardware for Network Services Lab w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Electric Hardware for QA Lab 22 w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Electric Hardware for QA VO Booth 25 w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Electric Hardware for QC Lab 24 w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Electric Hardware for QA Lab 23 w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Electric Hardware for TSG Lab 26/27 w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Electric Hardware for Eng. Lab 14 w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Electric Hardware for Server 21 w/ Electric Hardware
	  	1	  	Ea	  	300	  	 	300
	 Extra Hardware for Corr Below Demo
	  	1	  	Ea	  	85	  	 	85
	 Extra Hardware for TSG Training 33
	  	1	  	Ea	  	540	  	 	540
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL DOORS, FRAMES, & HARDWARE
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	19,975
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.44

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 08800 GLASS & GLAZING

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 MCR Sliding Glass Doors
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Based on Fleetwood Norwood Doors w/ 3/4” laminated glass
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 STC45
	  	4	  	Ea	  	5,240	  	 	20,960
					
	 Windows at Isolation Booth STC45
	  	2	  	Ea	  	2,500	  	 	5,000
					
	 Non acoustical Sliding Door at Dubbing Compression 15
	  	1	  	Ea	  	2,250	  	 	2,250
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL GLASS & GLAZING
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	28,210
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.62

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 09200 DRYWALL

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 1st Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Slab to Slab Walls w/ insulation
	  	268	  	LF	  	78	  	 	20,904
	 Sliding Door headers
	  	5	  	Ea	  	575	  	 	2,875
					
	 4th Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Slab to Slab Walls w/ insulation
	  	349	  	LF	  	73	  	 	25,477
	 Header at Folding Door
	  	12	  	LF	  	40	  	 	480
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL DRYWALL
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	49,736
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	1.08

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 09200 ACOUSTIC CEILING GRID

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 1st Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 50% of cost of new grid on 1st Floor
	  	1	  	LS	  	2,990	  	 	2,990
					
	 4th Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 50% of cost of new grid on 4th Floor
	  	1	  	LS	  	17,913	  	 	17,913
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL ACOUSTIC CEILING GRID
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	20,903
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.46

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	 Sub Tenant Construction Budget
	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 10100 SPECIALTIES

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Folding Door at TSG Lab 26
	  	12	  	LF	  	350	  	 	Deleted
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL SPECIALTIES
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.00

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 15500 FM-200 Gas Suppression

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Library 68
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Assumes 350 SF floor space
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Supply clean agent control panel
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Clean agent tank
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 (1) Smoke detector ion
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 (1) Smoke detector photo
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 (1) manual pull station
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 (1) abort station
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 (1) Horn/strobe
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 (1) bell
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Tie-into Life safety system
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Code Signage
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Training
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 FM-200 System
	  	1	  	Quote	  	17,158	  	 	17,158
					
	 Electrical support
	  	1	  	Quote	  	5,800	  	 	5,800
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL FM-200 GAS SUPPRESSION
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	22,958
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.50

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 15100 PLUMBING

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 Design Build plumbing work
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Includes OTI permit drawings
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Safe-off demolition included
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Excludes ADA upgrades to core restrooms
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Coffee Bar at Supply & Mail Room
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Allowance per Matrix
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Scope as other sinks
	  	1	  	Ea	  	5,000	  	 	5,000
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL PLUMBING
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	5,000
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	0.11

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 15300 HVAC 1ST FLOOR

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

	 All based on loan information provided in the Matrix
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Sound analysis and calc of NC levels
	  	1	  	LS	  	4,500	  	 	4,500
	 Relocate (4) existing heat pumps away from sensitive rooms
	  	4	  	Ea	  	1,450	  	 	5,800
					
	 The following heat pumps are cooled by the existing roof-top non-dry cooling tower:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Add (5) 1.5 ton heat pumps for the following rooms:
	  	5	  	Ea	  	6,500	  	 	32,500
	 Audio 1 # 16
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Audio 2 # 17
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Video 1 # 19
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Video 2 # 18
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Dubbing Compression # 15
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Add (1) Dedicated 2.5 ton heat pump for Library 68
	  	1	  	LS	  	7,500	  	 	7,500
	 w/ Inline controlled duct heater for humidity control
	  	1	  	LS	  	3,680	  	 	3,680
	 w/ Humidistat control
	  	1	  	LS	  	860	  	 	860
					
	 Sound Boots at supply and return grilles in Audio, Video,
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 MCR, Dubbing/Compression Rooms
	  	24	  	Ea	  	175	  	 	4,200
					
	 Ductwork w/ sound lining for sound sensitive areas
	  	1	  	LS	  	14,750	  	 	14,750
					
	 Start-up and test heat pumps
	  	6	  	Ea	  	559	  	 	3,354
					
	 Added costs to upsize existing plate and frame heat exchanger
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 And condenser water pump on roof
	  	1	  	LS	  	28,289	  	 	28,289
	 Power wiring and starter
	  	1	  	LS	  	2,500	  	 	2,500
	 Structural Support for new pump and equipment
	  	1	  	LS	  	3,000	  	 	3,000
	 Re-roofing
	  	1	  	LS	  	1,500	  	 	2,000
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL HVAC 1ST FLOOR
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	112,933
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	2.46

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 15300 HVAC 4TH FLOOR

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

					
	 All based on load information provided in the Matrix
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 4th Floor Includes:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 New Return air grilles w/ sound boots
	  	9	  	Ea	  	100	  	 	900
	
	 Dedicated 24/7 cooling cooled by the existing rooftop closed circuit dry cooler for the following
areas:

	 A total of 35.5 tons is required including the 6 tons already existing in the Server Room

	 The 3 tons existing in QA Lab 22 and the 3 tons existing in existing telecom/IDF Room.

	 Assumes base building systems can handle increased demand of additional 23.5 tons over the

	 Existing 12 tons.

					
	 Engineering Lab = 12 tons or (2) 6 ton heat pumps
	  	2	  	Ea	  	8,500	  	 	17,000
	 Network Services Lab = 3 tons or (1) 3 ton heat pump
	  	 	  	 	  	By Sub Landlord
	 QC Lab 24 = 3 tons or (1) 3 ton heat pump
	  	1	  	Ea	  	7,500	  	 	7,500
	 QA Lab 22 – 1.5 tons but there is an existing 3 ton unit
	  	 	  	 	  	Reuse existing
	 QA Labs 23 & 78 – 1.5 tons each or (1) 1.5 ton heat pump each
	  	2	  	Ea	  	7,500	  	 	15,000
	 Engineering Staging = 2.5 tons or (1) 2.5 ton heat pump
	  	1	  	Ea	  	7,500	  	 	7,500
	 Server Room – 6 tons and there are (2) existing 3 ton units
	  	 	  	 	  	Reuse existing
	 Existing Telecom / IDF Room has an existing 3 ton unit
	  	 	  	 	  	Reuse existing
					
	 Condenser water piping
	  	685	  	LF	  	40	  	 	27,400
	 Secondary drain pans at heat pumps
	  	6	  	Ea	  	562	  	 	3,372
					
	 Provide (7) dedicated cooling only zones to:
	  	7	  	Ea	  	2,230	  	 	15,610
					
	 Standard Lab 10
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Viewing Station 64
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 Demo Room 63
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 TSG Training 33
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 TSG Shipping 49
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 TSG Lab 26 and 27
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
	 QA VO Booth 25
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 New 50-ton closed circuit cooling tower on the roof
	  	1	  	Ea	  	67,457	  	 	67,457
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL HVAC 4TH FLOOR
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	161,739
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	3.53

 GCI 
 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 
  

			
	Premier Retail Networks	 	Estimate # 5
	Sub Tenant Construction Budget	 	Date: 4/30/03

  

										
	 16000 ELECTRICAL

	  	QTY

	  	UNIT

	  	$ COST

	  	EXT

					
	 Includes:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 1st Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Indirect light fixtures
	  	1	  	LS	  	4,602	  	 	4,602
					
	 Extra HVAC Power
	  	1	  	LS	  	5,380	  	 	5,380
					
	 Add for Luna indirect 2 x 4 fixtures throughout 1st floor
	  	1	  	LS	  	13,630	  	 	13,630
					
	 4th Floor:
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 
					
	 Indirect light fixtures
	  	1	  	LS	  	4,565	  	 	4,565
					
	 Extra HVAC Power
	  	1	  	LS	  	9,990	  	 	9,990
					
	 Add for Luna indirect 2 x 4 fixtures throughout 4th floor
	  	1	  	LS	  	53,920	  	 	53,920
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	
	

					
	 TOTAL ELECTRICAL
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	92,087
					
	 COST PER RSF
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	$	2.01

 EXHIBIT G 
  

(Consent and Nondisturbance Agreement) 
  

 177 

 CONSENT TO SUBLEASE AND 
 NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT 
  
 THIS CONSENT TO SUBLEASE AND NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of May
            , 2003, by PELL DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, a                     
corporation, successor in interest to 600 Harrison Street, a California corporation (“Master Landlord”), CMP MEDIA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Sublandlord”), and PRN CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
(“Subtenant”), with reference to the following facts: 
  
 A. Master Landlord and Sublandlord are parties to that certain Agreement of Lease dated May 31, 1990, as amended by a First Addendum to Lease dated April 23, 1993 and by a First Amendment to Lease dated May 4, 1998 (collectively, the
“Master Lease”), pursuant to which Sublandlord leases premises located in the building known as 600 Harrison Street, San Francisco, California, as more particularly described therein (the “Lease Premises”). 
  
 B. Sublandlord and Subtenant have entered into that certain Agreement of
Sublease dated May         , 2003 (the “Sublease”), pursuant to which Subtenant leases a portion of the Lease Premises containing 45,843 rentable square feet (the “Sublet Premises”).

  
 C. Pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease, Sublandlord must
receive the prior written consent of Master Landlord to the Sublease, and Master Landlord is willing to give such consent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. 
  
 D. As a condition to entering into the Sublease, Subtenant requires that Master Landlord agree not to disturb the possession
of Subtenant in the Sublet Premises should the Master Lease terminate for any reason. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing facts and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: 
  
 1. Consent to Sublease. Master Landlord hereby consents, pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease, to the Sublease
upon the following express terms and conditions. 
  
 (a) Except
as expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall: 
  
 i) Operate as a consent to or approval or ratification by Master Landlord of any of the provisions of the Sublease or as a representation or warranty by Master Landlord and Master Landlord shall not be bound or
estopped in any way by the provisions of the Sublease; or 
  
 ii) Be construed to modify, waive or affect (i) any of the provisions, covenants or conditions in the Master Lease, (ii) any of Sublandlord’s obligations under the Master Lease, or (iii) any rights or remedies of
Master Landlord under the Master Lease or otherwise or to enlarge or increase Master 

 
Landlord’s obligations or Sublandlord’s rights under the Master Lease or otherwise; or 
  
 iii) Be construed to waive any present or future breach or
default on the part of Sublandlord under the Master Lease. In case of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Sublease, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail unaffected by the Sublease. 
  
 (b) The Sublease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the Master
Lease and all of its provisions, covenants and conditions. In case of any conflict between the provisions of the Master Lease and the provisions of the Sublease, the provisions of the Master Lease shall prevail unaffected by the Sublease, as between
Master Landlord and Sublandlord. 
  
 (c) Neither the Sublease nor
this Agreement shall release or discharge Sublandlord from any liability under the Master Lease and Sublandlord shall remain liable and responsible for the full performance and observance of all of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth
in the Master Lease on the part of Sublandlord to be performed and observed. Any breach or violation of any provision of the Master Lease by Subtenant (after the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods) shall be deemed to be and shall
constitute a default by Sublandlord in fulfilling such provision. 
  
 (d) This consent by Master Landlord is not assignable and shall not be construed as a consent by Master Landlord to any further subletting either by Sublandlord or Subtenant. The Sublease may not be assigned, renewed or extended nor shall
the Lease Premises or Sublet Premises, or any part thereof be further sublet without the prior written consent of Master Landlord thereto in each instance. 
  
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Master Lease, Master Landlord hereby consents to and approves the following: (i) the Roof
Installations described in Exhibit F to the Sublease, subject to Master Landlord’s approval as to the exact location of each Roof Installation on the roof, (ii) the “Subtenant Improvements” and the installation of the Subtenant
Improvements in the Sublet Premises as set forth in Exhibit E to the Sublease, and (iii) Subtenant’s installation of its ordinary office furniture, equipment, fixtures and cabling in the Sublet Premises. 
  
 (f) Master Landlord and Subtenant each hereby waive its right of recovery
against the other for any insured losses regardless of cause or origin, including negligence of the other party hereto, and covenants that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against such other party. Master Landlord and Subtenant shall
each advise insurers of the foregoing, and such waiver shall be a part of each policy maintained by each such party which applies to the Sublet Premises or Subtenant’s use and occupancy of any part thereof. 
  
 (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Master Lease,
Paragraph 13(b) of the Sublease shall apply as between Master Landlord and Subtenant and Subtenant shall not be required to obtain Master Landlord’s prior written consent for the events described therein as long as Subtenant satisfies the
conditions set forth therein. 

 (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Master Lease, Master Landlord represents
and warrants that, as of the date hereof, it owns the real property on which and building in which the Sublet Premises are located free and clear of any encumbrances, including without limitation, any existing mortgages or ground leases, and no
encumbrance exists that has priority over the Master Lease. 
  
 (i) Master Landlord hereby consents to Subtenant’s use of the Premises as set forth in Paragraph 4 of the Sublease, and to the provision of the signage rights set forth in Paragraph 33 of the Master Lease (specific design, size and
location subject to Master Landlord’s further approval). 
  
 (j) Master Landlord hereby agrees to take custody of the Segregated Security Deposit provided for pursuant to Paragraph 20(d) of the Sublease, and agrees to make the Segregated Security Deposit available on demand to Sublandlord, in
accordance with said Paragraph, to remedy Subtenant’s default under the Sublease, and Subtenant agrees that Master Landlord has no obligation to independently verify Subtenant’s default. The parties agree that the Master Landlord will have
no obligation to pay interest on the Segregated Security Deposit and will have the right to commingle the same with Master Landlord’s other funds. Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease, provided that nondisturbance agreement
between Master Landlord and Subtenant has not become effective, and Subtenant has not attorned to the Master Landlord (in which case, the Segregated Security Deposit would become the Master Landlord Security Deposit required hereunder), Sublandlord
shall return the Segregated Security Deposit to Subtenant. 
  
 2.
Priority of Master Lease. Subtenant acknowledges that the Master Lease is prior and superior to the Sublease. Subtenant shall not do anything under the Sublease that will in any way be a violation of the terms of the Master Lease. 

 
 3. Attornment. If the Master Lease terminates prior to its term on
February 14, 2011(a) the Sublease and all the terms therein, and the obligations of Subtenant thereunder, except to the extent modified by Paragraph 5 of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect, (b) Subtenant shall attorn to Master
Landlord as its “Sublandlord” under the Sublease, (c) Subtenant shall be bound to Master Landlord under all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Sublease for the balance of the term thereof with the same force and effect as if the
Master Landlord were the “Sublandlord” under the Sublease, and (d) Subtenant shall immediately upon termination of the Master Lease deposit with Master Landlord, as a security deposit (the “Master Landlord Security Deposit”),
Seventy-Six Thousand Nine Hundred One and 13/100 Dollars ($76,901.13). The Master Landlord Security Deposit shall be held by Master Landlord in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 20(a) of the Sublease, which shall hereby be incorporated into
this Agreement and apply as between Master Landlord and Subtenant with respect to the Master Landlord Security Deposit. The foregoing shall be effective and self-operative without the execution of any other instruments on the part of any party
hereto immediately upon the termination of the Master Lease. Upon receipt by Subtenant of notice from Master Landlord that the Master Lease has terminated, Subtenant will make all payments of monetary obligations due by Subtenant under the Sublease
(as modified by Paragraph 5 of this Agreement), after receipt of such notice, to Master Landlord at the address provided by Master Landlord. 

 4. Nondisturbance. If the Master Lease terminates prior to the expiration of its term on February
14, 2011, Master Landlord shall be bound to Subtenant under all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the “Sublandlord” under the Sublease (as modified by Paragraph 5 of this Agreement), provided that Subtenant is not in default
(beyond any period given Subtenant in the Sublease to cure such default) in the payment of rent or any other amounts or in the performance of any of the other term, covenants or conditions of the Sublease to be performed by Subtenant. Additionally,
in such event, Master Landlord shall, from and after Master Landlord’s succession to the interests of Sublandlord under the Sublease, have the same remedies against Subtenant for the breach of any provision contained in the Sublease that
Sublandlord might have had under the Sublease against Subtenant if the Master Lease had not terminated. 
  
 5. Modification of Sublease. (a) If the Master Lease terminates, the Sublease to which Master Landlord and Subtenant shall be bound pursuant to the
terms hereof, shall be amended as follows: Paragraph 2 of the Sublease shall be amended to provide that the Fixed Rent shall be equal to the amounts set forth below: 
  

					
	 Period

	  	 Annual Fixed Rent

	  	 Amount of Monthly Installments

	From the Commencement Date through the thirty-sixth (36th)
full calendar month following the Commencement Date	  	$951,242.25	  	$79,270.19
			
	From the first date of the thirty-seventh (37th) full
calendar month following the Commencement Date (the “Rent Adjustment Date”) through the Expiration Date	  	Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent (as defined and determined below), but not to exceed $1,191,918.00	  	One-twelfth (1/12) of the Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent, but not to exceed $99,326.50

  
 (b) The Fair Market
Annual Fixed Rent, as used herein, shall mean the then-current annual rental rate per rentable square foot of the Sublet Premises (as of the period of nine (9) months to six (6) months prior to the Rent Adjustment Date (the “Market
Determination Period”)) at which the Master Landlord and/or other owners (“Comparable Landlords”) of comparable office buildings located in the South of Market Area in San Francisco, California are then offering to lease other vacant
space comparable to the Premises (“Comparable Transactions”). Master Landlord shall provide its determination of the Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent to Subtenant on or before the date that is six (6) months prior to the Rent Adjustment Date.
Subtenant shall have thirty (30) days (“Subtenant’s Review Period”) after receipt of Master Landlord’s notice of the Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent within which to accept such Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent or to reasonably object
thereto in writing. In the event Subtenant objects to the Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent submitted by Master Landlord, Master Landlord 

 and Subtenant shall attempt to agree upon such Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent. If Master Landlord and Subtenant fail to
reach agreement on such Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent within fifteen (15) days following Subtenant’s Review Period (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope its final proposal as to Fair
Market Annual Fixed Rent and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Subparagraph (c) below. 
  
 (c) Master Landlord and Subtenant shall meet with each other within five (5) business days after the Outside Agreement Date and exchange the sealed
envelopes and then open such envelopes in each other’s presence. If Master Landlord and Subtenant do not mutually agree upon the Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent within one (1) business day of the exchange and opening of envelopes, then, within
ten (10) business days of the exchange and opening of envelopes, Master Landlord and Subtenant shall agree upon and jointly appoint one arbitrator who shall be by profession be a real estate appraiser or broker licensed in the State of California
who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of comparable commercial properties in the vicinity of the Building. Neither Master Landlord nor Subtenant shall consult with such broker
or appraiser as to his or her opinion as to Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent prior to the appointment. The determination of the arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Master Landlord’s or Subtenant’s submitted Fair Market
Annual Fixed Rent for the Premises is the closer to his or her determination of Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent. The arbitrator shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the two proposed determinations. Such
arbitrator may hold such hearings and require such briefs as the arbitrator, in his or her sole discretion, determines is necessary. In addition, Master Landlord or Subtenant may submit to the arbitrator with a copy to the other party within five
(5) business days after the appointment of the arbitrator any data and additional information that such party deems relevant to the determination by the arbitrator (“Data”) and the other party may submit a reply in writing within five (5)
business days after receipt of such Data. 
  

	 	1.	The arbitrator shall, within thirty (30) days of his or her appointment, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Master Landlord’s or Subtenant’s submitted
Fair Market Annual Fixed Rent, and shall notify Master Landlord and Subtenant of such determination. 

  

	 	2.	The decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon Master Landlord and Subtenant. 

  

	 	3.	If Master Landlord and Subtenant fail to agree upon and appoint such arbitrator, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made by the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court
for the City and County of San Francisco, or, if he or she refuses to act, by any judge having jurisdiction over the parties. 

  

	 	4.	The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Master Landlord and Subtenant equally. 

  
 (d) If the Master Lease terminates, Subtenant shall not be entitled to the rent credit set forth in Paragraph 10(b) of the
Sublease nor shall Master Landlord be obligated to construct any Subtenant Improvements. If Subtenant Improvements have not been completed at the time the 

 Master Lease terminates, then notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 3 above, Master Landlord and Subtenant shall
both have the right to terminate the Sublease upon written notice to the other unless Subtenant agrees to diligently perform or complete such Subtenant Improvements at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense. 
  
 (e) Master Landlord and Subtenant acknowledge that Master Landlord has not
agreed to provide Subtenant any particular number of parking spaces and, to the extent Subtenant has parking rights, they represent a portion of the parking spaces granted to Sublandlord under the Master Lease. However, if the Master Lease is
terminated, Master Landlord will make a reasonable number of parking spaces available for Subtenant’s use. 
  
 (f) If the Master Lease terminates, the first paragraph of Paragraph 16 of the Sublease shall be deemed deleted as between Master Landlord and Subtenant
and Paragraph 1(f) shall continue to apply between Master Landlord and Subtenant. 
  
 6. Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication which either party may give to the other hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally against a signed receipt therefor, by nationally recognized
overnight delivery service or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows: 
  
 If to the Sublandlord: 
  

	
	         CMP Media LLC

	         600 Community Drive

	         Manhasset New York 11030

	         Attention: Director of Facilities

	
	         With a copy sent to:

	         CMP Media LLC

	         600 Community Drive

	         Manhasset New York 11030

	         Attention: Associate General Counsel

 If to the Subtenant: 
  
 Prior to the commencement of the Sublease: 
  
 PRN Corporation 
 201 Third Street, 7th Floor

 San Francisco, CA 94103 
 Attention: Art Songey/Chief Financial Officer 
  
 After
the commencement of the Sublease: 
  
 PRN Corporation 

600 Harrison Street 
 San Francisco, CA
94107 
 Attention: Art Songey/Chief Financial Officer 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Pillsbury Winthrop, LLP 
 2550 Hanover Street

 Palo Alto, CA 94304 
 Attention: Stanley F. Pierson 
  
 If to the Master Landlord: 

 
 Pell Development Company 
 100 Smith Ranch Road, Suite 325 
 San Rafael,
CA 94903 
 Attention: Karen S. Pell 
  
 Each such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed given on the date of mailing of same if mailed as aforesaid, or when actually received if delivered by
hand. Either party may, by notice in writing, direct that further notices, demands or other communications be sent to a different address. Refusal of delivery shall be deemed delivery. 
  
 7. Headings. The captions and headings of various sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to
be considered as defining or limiting in any way the scope or intent of the provisions of this Agreement. 
  
 8. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. This Agreement may not
be modified or amended except in writing signed by all parties hereto, except if the Master Lease is terminated prior to the expiration of its term on February 14, 2011 (and all of Sublandlord’s continuing obligations and liabilities thereunder
and under the Sublease are also so terminated), in which event, this Agreement may be modified or amended in writing signed only by Master Landlord and Subtenant. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which 

shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

 9. Binding Effect. This Agreement inures to the benefit of and binds Master Landlord, Sublandlord
and Subtenant and their respective successors and assigns. 
  
 IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 MASTER LANDLORD:

	
	PELL DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, a CA corporation
		
	 By:
	 	         /s/ Karen Pell

	 Its:
	 	         VP

	
	 SUBLANDLORD:

	
	CMP MEDIA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
		
	 By:
	 	         /s/ [illegible]

	 Its:
	 	         Chief Financial Officer

	
	 SUBTENANT

	
	 PRN CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

		
	 By:
	 	         /s/ Arthur Songey

	 Its:
	 	         Chief Financial OfficerEXHIBIT 10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 
  
 LOCKHEED MARTIN CORPORATION 
 DEFERRED MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE 
 COMPENSATION PLAN 
  
 (Adopted July 27, 1995) 
 As Amended August 1, 1998 
 As Amended Effective
January 1, 1999 
 As Amended June 28, 2001 
 As Amended December 6, 2001 
 As Amended October 1, 2002 
 [As Amended April 22, 2004] 
  
 ARTICLE I 
  
 PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

  
 The purposes of the Lockheed Martin Corporation Deferred
Management Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Deferral Plan”) are to provide certain key management employees of Lockheed Martin Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) the opportunity to defer receipt of (i) Incentive
Compensation awards under the Lockheed Martin Corporation Management Incentive Compensation Plan (the “MICP”) and (ii) Long Term Incentive Award payments under the Lockheed Martin Corporation 1995 Omnibus Performance Award Plan (the
“Omnibus Plan”) and the Lockheed Martin Corporation 2003 Incentive Performance Award Plan (the “IPA Plan”). Providing this opportunity to defer income under the Deferral Plan will encourage key employees to maintain a financial
interest in the Company’s performance. Except as expressly provided hereinafter, the provisions of this Deferral Plan and the MICP, the Omnibus Plan and the IPA Plan shall be construed and applied independently of each other. 
  
 The Deferral Plan applies solely to MICP awards and Long Term Incentive Award
payments under the Omnibus Plan and the IPA Plan and expressly does not apply to any special awards which may be made under any of the Company’s other incentive plans, except and to the extent specifically provided under the terms of such other
incentive plans and the relevant awards. 
  
 ARTICLE II

  
 DEFINITIONS 
  
 Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following words and phrases shall
have the meanings hereinafter indicated: 
  
 1. ACCOUNT—The
bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for each Participant which is credited with the Participant’s Deferred Compensation and earnings (or losses) attributable to the investment options selected by the Participant, and which is debited
to reflect distributions and forfeitures; the portions of a Participant’s Account allocated to different investment options and the portions attributable to the deferral of Incentive Compensation awards and Long Term Incentive Award payments
will be accounted for separately. 
  
 2. ACCOUNT BALANCE—The
total amount credited to a Participant’s Account at any point in time, including the portions of the Account allocated to each investment option. 
  
 3. AWARD YEAR—As to Incentive Compensation, the calendar year with respect to which an Eligible Employee is awarded Incentive Compensation; as to a
Long Term Incentive Award payment and the related Company Deferral, 

 
the first calendar year in the Performance Period for which the Long Term Incentive Award is effective with respect to an Eligible Employee. 
  
 4. BENEFICIARY—The person or persons (including a trust or trusts)
validly designated by a Participant, on the form provided by the Company, to receive distributions of the Participant’s Account Balance, if any, upon the Participant’s death. In the absence of a valid designation, or if the designated
Beneficiary has predeceased the Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the personal representative of the Participant’s estate in the event of a Participant’s death. A Participant may amend his or her Beneficiary
designation at any time before the Participant’s death. 
  
 5. BOARD—The Board of Directors of Lockheed Martin Corporation. 
  
 6. COMMITTEE—The committee described in Section 1 of Article VIII. 
  
 7. COMMON STOCK—The $1.00 par value common stock of the Company. 
  
 8. COMPANY—Lockheed Martin Corporation and its subsidiaries. 
  
 9. COMPANY DEFERRALS—The amount deferred by the Company, and not at the
election of the Participant, for the two-year period following the end of a Performance Period for a Long Term Incentive Award. 
  
 10. COMPANY STOCK INVESTMENT OPTION—The investment option under which the amount credited to a Participant’s Account will be based on the market
value and investment return of the Company’s Common Stock. 
  
 11. DEFERRAL AGREEMENT—The written agreement executed by an Eligible Employee on the form provided by the Company under which the Eligible Employee elects to defer Incentive Compensation for an Award Year or a Long Term Incentive Award
and any related Company Deferral for an Award Year. 
  
 12.
DEFERRAL PLAN—The Lockheed Martin Corporation Deferred Management Incentive Compensation Plan, adopted by the Board on July 27, 1995, and as amended from time to time. 
  
 13. DEFERRED COMPENSATION—The amount of Incentive Compensation credited to a Participant’s Account under the
Deferral Plan and the amount of any Long Term Incentive Award payment credited to a Participant’s Account under the Deferral Plan (other than Company Deferrals). 
  
 14. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE—An employee of the Company who is a participant in the MICP or who receives a Long Term Incentive
Award under the Omnibus Plan or the IPA Plan and who has satisfied such additional requirements for participation in this Deferral Plan as the Committee may from time to time establish. In the exercise of its authority under this provision, the
Committee shall limit participation in the Plan to employees whom the Committee believes to be a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended. 
  
 15. EXCHANGE ACT—The Securities Exchange Act of
1934. 
  
 16. INCENTIVE COMPENSATION—The MICP amount granted
to an employee for an Award Year. 
  

 2 

 17. IPA PLAN—The Lockheed Martin Corporation 2003 Incentive Performance Award Plan. 
  
 18. INTEREST OPTION—The investment option under which earnings will be
credited to a Participant’s Account based on the interest rate applicable under Cost Accounting Standard 415, Deferred Compensation. 
  
 19. LONG TERM INCENTIVE AWARD—A long term incentive award granted to an employee under the Omnibus Plan or the IPA Plan. 
  
 20. MICP—The Lockheed Martin Corporation Management Incentive
Compensation Plan. 
  
 21. OMNIBUS PLAN—The Lockheed Martin
Corporation 1995 Omnibus Performance Award Plan. 
  
 22.
PARTICIPANT—An Eligible Employee for whom Incentive Compensation or a Long Term Incentive Award payment has been deferred for one or more years under this Deferral Plan; the term shall include a former employee whose Deferred Compensation has
not been fully distributed. 
  
 23. PAYMENT DATE—As to any
Participant, the January 15 or July 15 on or about on which payment to the Participant is to be made or to begin in accordance with Article V. 
  
 24. PERFORMANCE PERIOD—The period set forth in a Long Term Incentive Award over which the Company’s performance is measured by reference to
total stockholder return to determine whether any payment will be made under such Long Term Incentive Award. 
  
 25. REALLOCATION EFFECTIVE DATE—The date a reallocation elected by a Participant or Beneficiary under Section 6(a) of Article IV is effected, which
shall be the June 30, July 31, August 31 or September 30 immediately following the end of the Reallocation Election Period in which his or her election under Section 6(a) becomes irrevocable. 
  
 26. REALLOCATION ELECTION PERIOD—A period in which a Participant or
Beneficiary may under Section 6(a) of Article IV elect a reallocation of his or her Account Balance from one investment option to another investment option, and there shall be four such election periods: June 1 through June 15, 2004, June 16 through
July 15, 2004, July 16 through August 15, 2004 and August 16 through September 15, 2004. 
  
 27. SECTION 16 PERSON—A Participant who is subject to the reporting and short-swing liability provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on the date a Deferral Agreement or other election
form is delivered to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Deferral Plan. 
  
 28. SUBSIDIARY—As to any person, any corporation, association, partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which 50% or more of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of entities other
than corporation), is owned or controlled (directly or indirectly) by that entity, or by one or more of the Subsidiaries of that entity, or by a combination thereof. 
  
 29. TRADING DAY—A day upon which transactions with respect to Company Common Stock are reported in the consolidated
transaction reporting system. 
  

 3 

 ARTICLE III 
  
 ELECTION OF DEFERRED AMOUNT 
  
 1. Timing of Deferral Elections. 
  
 (a) Incentive Compensation. An Eligible Employee may elect to defer Incentive Compensation for an Award Year by executing
and delivering to the Company a Deferral Agreement no later than October 31 of the Award Year, provided that any election by a Section 16 Person shall be subject to the provisions of Section 4 of Article IV. 
  
 (b) Long Term Incentive Awards and Company Deferrals. An Eligible Employee
may elect to defer the payment of a Long Term Incentive Award and a Company Deferral for an Award Year by executing and delivering to the Company a Deferral Agreement no later than October 31 of the Award Year, provided that any election by a
Section 16 Person shall be subject to the provisions of Section 4 of Article IV. 
  
 (c) Irrevocability of Elections. No Eligible Employee shall have the right to modify or revoke a Deferral Agreement for an Award Year after the applicable deadline described in Section 1(a) and Section 1(b) of this
Article III for delivering a Deferral Agreement to the Company for such Award Year, provided no Section 16 Person shall have the right to modify or revoke a Deferral Agreement after such applicable deadline or, if earlier, after the date the
agreement has been delivered to the Company. The Committee may establish policies and procedures to determine when a Deferral Agreement or other election called for under this Plan has been delivered to the Company. Each Deferral Agreement shall
apply only to amounts deferred in that Award Year and a separate Deferral Agreement must be completed for each Award Year for which an Eligible Employee defers Incentive Compensation or a Long Term Incentive Award. 
  
 2. Amount of Deferral Elections. An Eligible Employee’s deferral
election may be stated as: 
  
 (a) a dollar
amount which is at least $5,000 and is an even multiple of $1,000, 
  
 (b) the greater of $5,000 or a designated percentage of the Eligible Employee’s Incentive Compensation or Long Term Incentive Award payment (adjusted to the next highest multiple of $1,000), 
  
 (c) the excess of the Eligible Employee’s Incentive
Compensation or Long Term Incentive Award payment over a dollar amount specified by the Eligible Employee (which must be an even multiple of $1,000), or 
  
 (d) all of the Eligible Employee’s Incentive Compensation or Long Term Incentive Award payment. 
  
 An Eligible Employee’s deferral election shall be effective only if the Participant is
awarded, in the case of Incentive Compensation, at least $10,000 of Incentive Compensation for that Award Year, or in the case of Long Term Incentive Award, at least $10,000 is payable to the Participant in cash at the conclusion of the Performance
Period applicable to a Long Term Incentive Award payment. In addition, in the case of a deferral election under paragraph (c) of this Section 2, an Eligible Employee’s deferral election shall be effective only if the resulting excess amount is
at least $5,000. 
  

 4 

 3. Effect of Taxes on Deferred Compensation. The amount that would otherwise be deferred
and credited to an Eligible Employee’s Account will be reduced by the amount of any tax that the Company is required to withhold with respect to the Deferred Compensation. The reduction for taxes shall be made proportionately out of amounts
otherwise allocable to the Interest Option and the Company Stock Investment Option. 
  
 4. Multiple Awards. In the case of an Eligible Employee who receives more than one Long Term Incentive Award with respect to the same Performance Period, the elections made by the Eligible Employee under
this Article III as well as under Articles V and VI for the first Long Term Incentive Award granted to the Eligible Employee with respect to a Performance Period shall be deemed to be the elections made by that Eligible Employee for any other Long
Term Incentive Awards granted to that Eligible Employee with respect to that same Performance Period. 
  
 5. Company Deferrals. Pursuant to the terms of the Long Term Incentive Awards, 50% of the amount payable at the end of the Performance
Period will be automatically deferred until the second anniversary of the last day of the Performance Period with respect to a particular award. The Company may establish an account for Company Deferrals under the Company Stock Investment Option of
this Deferral Plan. However, the terms governing the Company Deferrals will be governed for the two year period of deferral by the terms of the award agreement entered into under the Omnibus Plan or the IPA Plan with respect to the Long Term
Incentive Award and not by this Deferral Plan except to the extent the award agreement expressly refers to the terms of this Deferral Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant elects to defer the Company Deferrals beyond the second
anniversary of the end of the Performance Period, the deferrals will be treated as made under this Deferral Plan for the period following the second anniversary of the end of the Performance Period. 
  
 ARTICLE IV 
  
 CREDITING OF ACCOUNTS 
  
 1. Crediting of Deferred Compensation. Incentive Compensation
or a Long Term Incentive Award payment that a Participant has elected to defer under this Deferral Plan shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the Trading Day set by action of the Committee or, if the Committee does not act to set
such a day, on the second Trading Day which follows the date of approval of the related Incentive Compensation or Long Term Incentive Award. If the Company establishes an account for Company Deferrals pursuant to Section 5 of Article III, the
Company Deferrals shall be credited to such account as of the last Trading Day in the Performance Period. Any Deferred Compensation credits under this Section 1 which are allocable to the Interest Option shall be credited at the dollar amount of
such credits, and any Deferred Compensation and Company Deferral credits under this Section 1 which are allocable to the Company Stock Investment Option shall be credited as if the dollar amount of credits had been invested in the Company’s
Common Stock at the published closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the applicable Trading Day described in this Section 1. 
  
 2. Crediting of Earnings and Reallocations. 
  
 (a) General Rules. 
  
 (i) Earnings shall be credited to a Participant’s Account based on the investment option or options to which the Account has been
allocated beginning with the applicable Trading Day described in this Article IV. 
  

 5 

 (ii) Earnings on amounts reallocated in accordance with this Article IV shall be credited
to the Participant’s Account as of the applicable day or Trading Day described for such reallocation in this Article IV. 
  
 (iii) Any amount distributed from a Participant’s Account pursuant to Article V shall be credited with earnings through the last
Trading Day of the month preceding the month in which a distribution is to be made on a Payment Date pursuant to Article V to the extent distributed from the portion of a Participant’s Account allocated to the Company Stock Investment Option
and shall (subject to Section 2(d) of this Article IV) be credited with earnings through the last day of the month preceding the month in which a distribution is to be made on a Payment Date pursuant to Article V to the extent distributed from the
portion of a Participant’s Account allocated to the Interest Option. 
  
 (iv) Company Deferrals shall be credited with earnings through the last Trading Day in the period which ends on the second anniversary of the end of the applicable Performance Period unless deferred further pursuant
to a Deferral Agreement. 
  
 (b) Interest
Option. The portion of a Participant’s Account allocated or reallocated to the Interest Option shall be credited with interest, compounded monthly, while so allocated or reallocated at a rate equivalent to the then published rate for
computing the present value of future benefits at the time cost is assignable under Cost Accounting Standard 415, Deferred Compensation, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury on a semi-annual basis pursuant to Pub. L. 92-41, 85 Stat. 97.

  
 (c) Company Stock Investment
Option. 
  
 (i) The portion of a
Participant’s Account allocated or reallocated to the Company Stock Investment Option shall be credited when so allocated or reallocated on the applicable Trading Day described in this Article IV as if such amount had been invested in the
Company’s Common Stock at the published closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on such Trading Day. 
  
 (ii) The portion of the Participant’s Account Balance allocated to the Company Stock Investment Option shall reflect any
post-allocation appreciation or depreciation in the market value of the Company’s Common Stock based on the published closing price of the stock on the last Trading Day of each month and shall reflect dividends paid and any other distributions
made with respect to the Company’s Common Stock. 
  
 (iii) Cash dividends shall be treated as if such dividends had been reinvested in the Company’s Common Stock at the published closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the Trading Day on which the cash dividend is paid or, if
the dividend is paid on a day which is not a Trading Day, on the Trading Day which immediately precedes the day the dividend is paid. 
  
 (iv) If any portion of a Participant’s Account is reallocated in accordance with paragraph 6 (or paragraph 5 prior to October 1,
2004) of this Article IV from the Company Stock Investment Option to the Interest Option, the reallocation shall be credited to the Interest Option as if the Company’s Common Stock had been bought or sold at the published closing price of the
Company’s Common Stock on the Trading Day on which the reallocation is effective, or if the reallocation is effective as 
  

 6 

 
of the day that is not a Trading Day, the Trading Day which immediate precedes the effective date of the reallocation. 
  
 (d) Interest Crediting For Late Payments. If any part
of a Participant’s Account is allocated to the Interest Option as of a Payment Date and payment does not commence by the last day of the month in which the Payment Date occurs, earnings shall be credited on such part of the Participant’s
Account from the last day of the month preceding the Payment Date to the last day of the month preceding the month the late payment actually is made at the rate set forth under Section 2(b) of this Article IV. All the interest credited under this
Section 2(d) of this Article IV with respect to a late payment shall be paid on the date the late payment is first made. 
  
 3. Election of Investment Options. A Participant’s investment elections for a particular type of award for an Award Year shall be made in his
or her Deferral Agreement for such Award Year, and no Participant shall (except as provided for in Section 6 and Section 7 of this Article IV) have the right to modify or revoke any such election after the time the Participant no longer has the
right to modify or revoke a Deferral Agreement under Section 1 of Article III. A Participant’s allocations between investment options shall be subject to such minimum allocations as the Committee may establish. 
  
 4. Special Rule for Section 16 Persons. An election by a Section 16
Person to have any Deferred Compensation allocated to the Company Stock Investment Option shall be effective on the Trading Day described in Section 1 of this Article IV unless he or she delivers the related Deferral Agreement to the Company less
than six months before such Trading Day. If he or she delivers the related Deferral Agreement to the Company less than six months before such date, his or her Company Stock Investment Option election automatically shall be treated as an Interest
Option election under Section 1 of this Article IV until the first Trading Day of the seventh month following the month in which the Deferral Agreement is delivered to the Company. The Deferred Compensation so allocated to the to the Interest Option
together with any related interest credits shall by operation of this Deferral Plan automatically be reallocated and credited to the Company Stock Investment Option on such Trading Day in accordance with Section 2(b) of this Article IV. 

 
 Reallocations to Interest Option (deleted effective September 30,
2004). If benefit payments to a Participant or Beneficiary are to be paid or commenced to be paid over a period that extends more than six months after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company, the
Participant or Beneficiary, as applicable, may make a one-time irrevocable election under this Section 5 at any time after the Participant’s termination of employment and before the completion of benefit payments to have the portion of the
Participant’s Account that is allocated to the Company Stock Investment Option reallocated to the Interest Option. A reallocation under this Section 5 shall take effect as of the first Trading Day of the month following the month in which an
executed reallocation election is delivered to the Company, provided an election by a Participant or Beneficiary who is a Section 16 Person on the date the election is delivered to the Company shall be effective only if such election satisfies on
such date all the requirements of the exemption under Rule l6b-3 of the Exchange Act for a “discretionary transaction” or otherwise would not result in a short swing profit recovery pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. In the
event such election does not satisfy the exemption pursuant to Rule l6b-3 under the Exchange Act for a “discretionary transaction” and if giving effect to the election would result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the
election shall not be given effect until the first Trading Day of the month following the month in which the election could be given effect without creating liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, no election may be made under this Section 5 after 

  

 7 

 
after September 15, 2004, and any such election made during September 2004 will be valued and take effect as of September 30, 2004. 
  
 5. One-Time Reallocation Right. 
  
 (a) General Rule. Subject to Section 5(b) of this Article IV, a
Participant or Beneficiary may during a Reallocation Election Period execute and deliver to the Company an election made on such form and in such manner as prescribed by the Committee to the Company to reallocate all or a portion (in five (5)
percent increments) of his or her Account Balance (other than Company Deferrals) which is then allocated to one investment option to the other investment option. Any such election shall be irrevocable when received by the Company, and the
reallocation which the Participant or Beneficiary elects shall be effective as of the Reallocation Effective Date that immediately follows the end of the Reallocation Election Period in which his or her election becomes irrevocable. Only one
reallocation election may be made by a Participant or Beneficiary with the result that a reallocation made in one Reallocation Election Period will preclude a reallocation election in a subsequent Reallocation Election Period. 
  
 (b) Exception. If a Participant or a Beneficiary is a Section 16
Person on any date in a Reallocation Election Period and delivers an election to the Company in such period, such election shall have no force or effect under Section 6(a) unless such election complies with the exemption under Rule l6b-3 of the
Exchange Act for a “discretionary transaction”. 
  
 (c)
Additional Credit. The Company shall credit to the Account of each Participant or Beneficiary that has Deferred Compensation (other than Company Deferrals) credited to the Stock Investment Option as of September 30, 2004 an amount equal to
the greater of (i) $24.95 per Account Balance; or (ii) $0.10 for each whole share of Common Stock reflected in the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account Balance (exclusive of Company Deferrals). Such amount shall be allocated and credited
to the Interest Option as of September 30, 2004, after taking into account any reallocation under Section 6(a) of this Article IV. 
  
 ARTICLE V 
  
 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS 
 1. General. 
  
 (a) Account Balance and Elections. The Company’s liability to pay
benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Deferral Plan shall be measured by and shall in no event exceed the Participant’s Account Balance. Except as otherwise provided in this Deferral Plan (including but not limited to Section 5 of
Article III with respect to Company Deferrals), a Participant’s Account Balance shall be paid to him in accordance with the Participant’s elections under this Article V. 
  
 (b) Cash Only Payment. With respect to benefit payments made on a Payment Date which is on or before September 30,
2004, all such benefit payments shall be made in accordance with the terms of this Deferral Plan as in effect on such date in cash and, except as otherwise provided under such terms, shall reduce allocations to the Interest Option and the Company
Stock Investment Option in the same proportions that the Participant’s Account Balance is allocated between those investment options at the end of the month preceding the date of distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amount of
Deferred Compensation shall be distributed to a Section 16 Person under this Deferral Plan which is attributable to the Stock Investment Option unless such amount was allocated to the Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 1 of
Article 4 at least six months prior to the date of distribution 

  

 8 

 
or no portion of such amount was allocated to the Company Stock Investment Option in the six months prior to distribution. 
  
 (c) Cash and Stock Payments. With respect to benefit payments made
after September 30, 2004, all such benefit payments shall be made in cash to the extent a Participant’s Account is allocated to the Interest Option or is attributable to Company Deferrals and shall be made in whole shares of the Company’s
Common Stock to the extent that a Participant’s Account is allocated to the Company Stock Investment Option (other than with respect to Company Deferrals) and, except as otherwise provided, shall reduce allocations to the Interest Option and
the Company Stock Investment Option in the same proportions that the Participant’s Account Balance is allocated between those investment options at the end of the month preceding the date of distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
amount of Deferred Compensation shall be distributed to a Section 16 Person under this Deferral Plan unless such amount was allocated to the Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 1 of Article 4 at least six months prior to the date
of distribution. At the Company’s discretion a distribution of Common Stock may be made directly to a Participant or to a brokerage account opened in the name of the Participant. When an Account is distributed in a lump sum or, if an Account is
distributed in installments, when the final installment is made, cash shall be distributed at that time in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock. The cash distribution in lieu of fractional shares shall be based on the published closing price
of the Company’s Common Stock on the last Trading Day of the month preceding the date the distribution is scheduled to be made. 
  
 2. Election for Commencement of Payment. At the time a Participant first completes a Deferral Agreement, he or she shall elect from among the
following options governing the date on which the payment of benefits shall commence: 
  
 (A) Payment to begin on the Payment Date next following the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company for
any reason. 
  
 (B) Payment to begin on the first
Payment Date of the year next following the year in which the Participant terminates employment with the Company for any reason. 
  
 (C) Payment to begin on the Payment Date next following the date on which the Participant has both terminated employment with the Company
for any reason and attained the age designated by the Participant in the Deferral Agreement. 
  
 Notwithstanding a Participant’s election, any payment of benefits in the form of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise commence within six months of the date on which a Participant ceased to be Section 16
Person shall not be paid on that date but instead shall be paid on the first Payment Date that is at least six months after the date on which that Participant ceased to be a Section 16 Person. 
  
 3. Election for Form of Payment. At the time a Participant first
completes a Deferral Agreement, he or she shall elect the form of payment of his or her Account Balance from among the following options: 
  
 (A) A lump sum. 
  
 (B) Annual installment payments for a period of years designated by the Participant, which shall not exceed fifteen (15) annual
installments. The amount of each annual payment shall be determined by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance at the end of the month 

  

 9 

 
prior to such payment by the number of installment payments then remaining in the designated installment period. The installment period may be shortened, in
the sole discretion of the Committee, if the Committee at any time determines that the amount of the annual payments that would be made to the Participant during the designated installment period would be too small to justify the maintenance of the
Participant’s Account and the processing of payments. 
  
 4.
Prospective Change of Payment Elections. 
  
 (a)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article V, a Participant may make an election with respect to the commencement of payment (from among the options set forth in Section 2(A), (B), or (C) above) and form of payment (from among the
options set forth in Section 3(A) or (B) above) of his or her entire Account Balance, or with respect to specific Award Years, by executing and delivering to the Company an election form on or after October 1, 2002 in such form as prescribed by the
Company. If a Participant has different payment options in effect with respect to his or her Account Balance, the Company shall maintain sub-accounts for the Participant to determine the amounts subject to each payment election; however, no election
or modification of an election will be accepted if it would require the Company to maintain more than five sub-accounts within the Participant’s Account in order to make payments in accordance with the Participant’s elections. 

 
 (b) In the event a Participant does not make a valid election with respect
to the commencement of payment and form of benefit for an Award Year commencing on or after October 1, 2002, the Participant will be deemed to have elected that payment of benefits with respect to that Award Year be made in a lump sum on or about
the Payment Date next following the date of the Participant’s termination of employment. 
  
 (c) A Participant’s election with respect to an Award Year (including a “deemed election” in accordance with the preceding paragraph) shall remain in effect unless and until such election is modified by
a subsequent election in accordance with the second preceding paragraph above. 
  
 (d) To constitute a valid election by a Participant making a prospective change to a previous election, the prospective election must be executed and delivered to the Company (i) at least six months before the date
the first payment would be due under the Participant’s previous election and (ii) in a different calendar year than the date the first payment would be due under the Participant’s previous election. In the event an election fails to
satisfy the provisions set forth in this paragraph, such election shall be void and, if such an election is void, payment shall be made in accordance with the most recent election which was valid. In addition, no prospective election will be
considered valid to the extent the prospective election would (i) result in a payment being made within six months of the date of the prospective election or (ii) result in a payment under the prospective election in the same calendar year as the
date of the prospective election. In the event a prospective election fails to satisfy the provisions set forth in the preceding sentence, the first payment under the prospective election will be delayed until the first Payment Date that is both (i)
at least six months after the date of the prospective election and (ii) in a calendar year after the date of the prospective election. 
  
 (e) A Participant may not make or modify an election with respect to commencement of payment or form of payment after the date a Participant terminates
employment. 
  

 10 

 5. Acceleration upon Early Termination. Notwithstanding a Participant’s payment elections
under this Article V, if the Participant terminates employment with the Company other than by reason of layoff, death or disability and before the Participant is eligible to commence receiving retirement benefits under a pension plan maintained by
the Company (or before the Participant has attained age 55 if the Participant does not participate in such a pension plan), except as provided in Section 5 of Article III with respect to Company Deferrals, the Participant’s Account Balance
shall be distributed to him or her in a lump sum on or about the Payment Date next following the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company; provided, however, that if a distribution in accordance with the provisions
of this Section 5 would otherwise result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the date of distribution with respect to any Section 16 Person shall be delayed until the earliest date upon which the
distribution either would not result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction or would otherwise not result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. 
  

6. Acceleration Upon Conflict of Interest. Notwithstanding a Participant’s payment elections under this Article V, if following a
Participant’s termination of employment with the Company, the Participant takes a position (or accepts a position) with a governmental entity, agency, or instrumentality and that employer has determined or indicated that the Participant’s
continued participation in the Plan may constitute a conflict of interest precluding the Participant from continuing in his position (or from accepting an offered position) with that employer or subjecting the Participant to penalty, sanction, or
otherwise limiting the Participant’s responsibilities for that employer, except as provided in Section 5 of Article III with respect to Company Deferrals, then the Participant’s Account Balance shall be distributed to him or her in a lump
sum as soon as practical following the later of (i) the date on which the Participant commences employment with the government employer; or (ii) the date on which it is determined or indicated that the conflict of interest may exist. 
  
 7. Death Benefits. 
  
 (a) General Rule. Upon the death of a Participant before a complete
distribution of his or her Account Balance, the Account Balance will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with the payment elections applicable to the Participant. If a Participant dies while actively employed or otherwise
before the payment of benefits has commenced, payments to the Beneficiary shall commence on the date payments to the Participant would have commenced, taking account of the Participant’s termination of employment (by death or before) and, if
applicable, by postponing commencement until after the date the Participant would have attained the commencement age specified by the Participant. Whether the Participant dies before or after the commencement of distributions, payments to the
Beneficiary shall be made for the period or remaining period elected by the Participant. 
  
 (b) Special Rule. Notwithstanding Section 7(a) of this Article V, in the event that a Participant dies before the Participant’s entire Account Balance has been distributed, the Committee, in its sole
discretion, may modify the timing of distributions from the Participant’s Account, including the commencement date and number of distributions, if it concludes that such modification is necessary to relieve the financial burdens of the
Participant’s Beneficiary; provided, however, that if a distribution in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7(b) from the portion of the Participant’s Account allocated to the Company Stock Investment Option would otherwise
result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the date of distribution with respect to such portion to any Section 16 Person shall be delayed until the earliest date upon which the distribution either would
not result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction or would otherwise not result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. 
  

 11 

 8. Early Distributions in Special Circumstances. Notwithstanding a Participant’s payment
elections under this Article V, a Participant or Beneficiary may request an earlier distribution in the following limited circumstances (except as provided in Section 5 of Article III with respect to Company Deferrals): 
  
 (a) Hardship Distributions. A Participant may apply
for a hardship distribution pursuant to this Section 8(a) on such form and in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe and, subject to the last sentence of this Section 8(a) with respect to Section 16 Persons, the Committee shall have the power
and discretion at any time to approve a payment to a Participant if the Committee determines that the Participant is suffering from a serious financial emergency caused by circumstances beyond the Participant’s control which would cause a
hardship to the Participant unless such payment were made. Any such hardship payment will be in a lump sum and will not exceed the lesser of (i) the amount necessary to satisfy the financial emergency (taking account of the income tax liability
associated with the distribution), or (ii) the Participant’s Account Balance; provided, however, that if a distribution in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8(a) from the portion of the Participant’s Account allocated to the
Company Stock Investment Option would otherwise result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the date of distribution with respect to such portion to such Section 16 Person shall be delayed until the
earliest date upon which the distribution either would not result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction or would otherwise not result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. 
  
 (b) Withdrawal with Forfeiture. A Participant may
elect on such form and in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe at any time to withdraw ninety percent (90%) of the amount credited to the Participant’s Account. If such a withdrawal is made, the remaining ten percent (10%) of the
Participant’s Account shall be permanently forfeited, and the Participant will be prohibited from deferring any amount under the Deferral Plan for the Award Year in which the withdrawal is received (or the first Award Year in which any portion
of the withdrawal is received); provided, however, that if a distribution in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8(b) from the portion of the Participant’s Account allocated to the Company Stock Investment Option would otherwise
result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the date of distribution with respect to such portion to any Section 16 Person shall be delayed until the earliest date upon which the distribution either would
not result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction or would otherwise not result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. 
  
 (c) Disability. If the Committee determines that a Participant has become permanently disabled before the Participant’s entire
Account Balance has been distributed, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may modify the timing of distributions from the Participant’s Account, including the commencement date and number of distributions, if it concludes that such
modification is necessary to relieve the financial burdens of the Participant; provided, however, that if a distribution in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8(c) from the portion of the Participant’s Account allocated to the
Company Stock Investment Option would otherwise result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction under Section 16 (b) of the Exchange Act, the date of distribution with respect to such 

  

 12 

 
portion to any Section 16 Person shall be delayed until the earliest date upon which the distribution either would not result in a nonexempt short-swing
transaction or would otherwise not result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. 
  
 9. Acceleration upon Change in Control. 
  
 (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Deferral Plan, except as provided in Section 5 of Article III with respect to Company Deferrals, the
Account Balance of each Participant shall be distributed in a single lump sum within fifteen (15) calendar days following a “Change in Control.” 
  
 (b) For purposes of this Deferral Plan, a Change in Control shall include and be deemed to occur upon the following events: 
  
 (1) A tender offer or exchange offer is consummated for the
ownership of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Company. 
  
 (2) The Company is merged, combined, consolidated,
recapitalized or otherwise reorganized with one or more other entities that are not Subsidiaries and, as a result of the merger, combination, consolidation, recapitalization or other reorganization, less than 75% of the outstanding voting securities
of the surviving or resulting corporation shall immediately after the event be owned in the aggregate by the stockholders of the Company (directly or indirectly), determined on the basis of record ownership as of the date of determination of holders
entitled to vote on the action (or in the absence of a vote, the day immediately prior to the event) 
  
 (3) Any person (as this term is used in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any person described in and
satisfying the conditions of Rule 13d-1 (b)(1) thereunder), becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of
the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Company. 
  
 (4) At any time within any period of two years after a tender offer, merger, combination, consolidation, recapitalization, or other
reorganization or a contested election, or any combination of these events, the “Incumbent Directors” shall cease to constitute at least a majority of the authorized number of members of the Board. For purposes hereof, “Incumbent
Directors” shall mean the persons who were members of the Board immediately before the first of these events and the persons who were elected or nominated as their successors or pursuant to increases in the size of the Board by a vote of at
least three-fourths of the Board members who were then Board members (or successors or additional members so elected or nominated) 
  
 (5) The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of liquidation and dissolution or the sale or transfer of 

  

 13 

 
substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets as an entirety to an entity that is not a Subsidiary. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9(a), if a
distribution in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(a) would result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to any Section 16 Person, then the date of distribution to such Section 16 Person
shall be delayed until the earliest date upon which the distribution either would not result in a nonexempt short-swing transaction or would otherwise not result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. 
  
 (d) This Section 9 shall apply only to a Change in Control
of Lockheed Martin Corporation and shall not cause immediate payout of Deferred Compensation in any transaction involving the Company’s sale, liquidation, merger, or other disposition of any subsidiary. 
  
 (e) The Committee may cancel or modify this Section 9 at any
time prior to a Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, this Section 9 shall remain in force and effect, and shall not be subject to cancellation or modification for a period of five years, and any defined term used in Section 9
shall not, for purposes of Section 9, be subject to cancellation or modification during the five-year period. 
  
 10. Deductibility of Payments. In the event that the payment of benefits in accordance with the Participant’s elections under this Article V
would prevent the Company from claiming an income tax deduction with respect to any portion of the benefits paid, the Committee shall have the right to modify the timing of distributions from the Participant’s Account as necessary to maximize
the Company’s tax deductions. In the exercise of its discretion to adopt a modified distribution schedule, the Committee shall undertake to have distributions made at such times and in such amounts as most closely approximate the
Participant’s elections, consistent with the objective of maximum deductibility for the Company. The Committee shall have no authority to reduce a Participant’s Account Balance or to pay aggregate benefits less than the Participant’s
Account Balance in the event that all or a portion thereof would not be deductible by the Company. 
  
 11. Change of Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Committee determines in good faith, based on consultation with counsel,
that the federal income tax treatment or legal status of the Plan has or may be adversely affected by a change in the Internal Revenue Code, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or other applicable law or by an
administrative or judicial construction thereof, the Committee may direct that the Accounts of affected Participants or of all Participants be distributed as soon as practicable after such determination is made, to the extent deemed necessary or
advisable by the Committee to cure or mitigate the consequences, or possible consequences of, such change in law or interpretation thereof. 
  
 12. Tax Withholding. To the extent required by law, the Company shall withhold from benefit payments hereunder, or with respect to any Incentive
Compensation or Long Term Incentive Award payment deferred hereunder or credit contributed by the Company under Article IV, any Federal, state, or local income or payroll taxes required to be withheld and shall furnish the recipient and the
applicable government agency or agencies with such reports, statements, or information as may be legally required. 
  

 14 

 ARTICLE VI 
  

EXTENT OF PARTICIPANTS’ RIGHTS 
  
 1. Unfunded Status of Plan. This Deferral Plan constitutes a mere contractual promise by the Company to make payments in the future, and each
Participant’s rights shall be those of a general, unsecured creditor of the Company. No Participant shall have any beneficial interest in any specific assets that the Company may hold or set aside in connection with this Deferral Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to assist the Company in meeting its obligations under this Deferral Plan, the Company may set aside assets in a trust described in Revenue Procedure 92-64, 1992-2 C.B. 422, and the Company may direct that its
obligations under this Deferral Plan be satisfied by payments out of such trust. The assets of any such trust will remain subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company. It is the Company’s intention that the Deferral Plan be
unfunded for Federal income tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. 
  
 2. Nonalienability of Benefits. A Participant’s rights under this Deferral Plan shall not be assignable or transferable and any purported
transfer, assignment, pledge or other encumbrance or attachment of any payments or benefits under this Deferral Plan, or any interest therein shall not be permitted or recognized, other than the designation of, or passage of payment rights to, a
Beneficiary. 
  
 ARTICLE VII 
  
 AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION 
  
 1. Amendment. The Board may amend, modify, suspend or discontinue this
Deferral Plan at any time subject to any shareholder approval that may be required under applicable law, provided, however, that no such amendment shall have the effect of reducing a Participant’s Account Balance or postponing the time when a
Participant is entitled to receive a distribution of his Account Balance. Further, no amendment may alter the formula for crediting interest to Participants’ Accounts with respect to amounts for which deferral elections have previously been
made, unless the amended formula is not less favorable to Participants than that previously in effect, or unless each affected Participant consents to such change. 
  
 2. Termination. The Board reserves the right to terminate this Plan at any time and to pay all Participants their
Account Balances in a lump sum immediately following such termination or at such time thereafter as the Board may determine; provided, however, that if a distribution in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 would otherwise result in a
nonexempt short-swing transaction under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the date of distribution with respect to any Section 16 Person shall be delayed until the earliest date upon which the distribution either would not result in a nonexempt
short-swing transaction or would otherwise not result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. 
  
 3. Transfer of Liability. The Board reserves the right to transfer to another entity all of the obligations of Company with respect to a
Participant under this Plan if such entity agrees pursuant to a binding written agreement to assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Plan with respect to such Participant. 
  

 15 

 ARTICLE VIII 
  
 ADMINISTRATION 
  
 1. The Committee. This Deferral Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board as may
be designated by the Board and constituted so as to permit this Deferral Plan to comply with the disinterested administration requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act. The members of the Committee shall be designated by the Board. A majority
of the members of the Committee (but not fewer than two) shall constitute a quorum. The vote of a majority of a quorum or the unanimous written consent of the Committee shall constitute action by the Committee. The Committee shall have full
authority to interpret the Plan, and interpretations of the Plan by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties. 
  
 2. Delegation and Reliance. The Committee may delegate to the officers or employees of the Company the authority to execute and deliver those
instruments and documents, to do all acts and things, and to take all other steps deemed necessary, advisable or convenient for the effective administration of this Deferral Plan in accordance with its terms and purpose, except that the Committee
may not delegate any authority the delegation of which would cause this Deferral Plan to fail to satisfy the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3. In making any determination or in taking or not taking any action under this Deferral Plan, the
Committee may obtain and rely upon the advice of experts, including professional advisors to the Company. No member of the Committee or officer of the Company who is a Participant hereunder may participate in any decision specifically relating to
his or her individual rights or benefits under the Deferral Plan. 
  
 3. Exculpation and Indemnity. Neither the Company nor any member of the Board or of the Committee, nor any other person participating in any determination of any question under this Deferral Plan, or in the interpretation,
administration or application thereof, shall have any liability to any party for any action taken or not taken in good faith under this Deferral Plan or for the failure of the Deferral Plan or any Participant’s rights under the Deferral Plan to
achieve intended tax consequences, to qualify for exemption or relief under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, or to comply with any other law, compliance with which is not required on the part of the Company. 
  
 4. Facility of Payment. If a minor, person declared incompetent, or
person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property is entitled to receive a benefit, make an application, or make an election hereunder, the Committee may direct that such benefits be paid to, or such application or election be made
by, the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent, or incapable person. Any payment made, application allowed, or election implemented in accordance with this Section shall completely discharge
the Company and the Committee from all liability with respect thereto. 
  
 5. Proof of Claims. The Committee may require proof of the death, disability, incompetency, minority, or incapacity of any Participant or Beneficiary and of the right of a person to receive any benefit or make any application or
election. 
  
 6. Claim Procedures. If a claim under this
Deferral Plan is denied by the Committee, the Committee shall communicate such denial and shall provide an opportunity to appeal such denial in a manner which the Committee deems appropriate under the circumstances, which may include following the
then applicable claims procedures under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 
  

 16 

 ARTICLE IX 
  

GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
  
 1. Neither this Deferral Plan, a Company Deferral nor a Participant’s Deferral Agreement, either singly or collectively, shall in any way obligate
the Company to continue the employment of a Participant with the Company, nor does either this Deferral Plan, a Company Deferral or a Deferral Agreement limit the right of the Company at any time and for any reason to terminate the
Participant’s employment. In no event shall this Deferral Plan, a Company Deferral or a Deferral Agreement, either singly or collectively, by their terms or implications constitute an employment contract of any nature whatsoever between the
Company and a Participant. In no event shall this Deferral Plan, a Company Deferral or a Deferral Agreement, either singly or collectively, by their terms or implications in any way obligate the Company to award Incentive Compensation, grant any
award under the Omnibus Plan or IPA Plan or make any Long Term Incentive Award payment to any Eligible Employee for any Award Year, whether or not the Eligible Employee is a Participant in the Deferral Plan for that Award Year, nor in any other way
limit the right of the Company to change an Eligible Employee’s compensation or other benefits. 
  
 2. Neither Incentive Compensation nor Long Term Incentive Award payments deferred under this Deferral Plan shall be treated as compensation for purposes
of calculating the amount of a Participant’s benefits or contributions under any pension, retirement, or other plan maintained by the Company, except as provided in such other plan. 
  
 3. Any written notice to the Company referred to herein shall be made by mailing or delivering such notice to the Company at
6801 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, Maryland 20817, to the attention of the Vice President, Human Resources. Any written notice to a Participant shall be made by delivery to the Participant in person, through electronic transmission, or by mailing such
notice to the Participant at his or her last-known place of residence or business address. 
  
 4. In the event it should become impossible for the Company or the Committee to perform any act required by this Deferral Plan, the Company or the Committee may perform such other act as it in good faith determines
will most nearly carry out the intent and the purpose of this Deferral Plan. 
  
 5. By electing to become a Participant hereunder, each Eligible Employee shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted and consented to all of the terms of this Deferral Plan and all actions or decisions made by the
Company, the Board, or Committee with regard to the Deferral Plan. 
  
 6. The provisions of this Deferral Plan and the Deferral Agreements hereunder shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns, and to the Participants and their heirs, executors,
administrators, and legal representatives. 
  
 7. A copy of this
Deferral Plan shall be available for inspection by Participants or other persons entitled to benefits under the Deferral Plan at reasonable times at the offices of the Company. 
  
 8. The validity of this Deferral Plan or any of its provisions shall be construed, administered, and governed in all
respects under and by the laws of the State of Maryland, except as to matters of Federal law. If any provisions of this instrument shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof
shall continue to be fully effective. 
  
 9. This Deferral Plan
and its operation, including but not limited to, the mechanics of deferral elections, the issuance of securities, 

  

 17 

 
if any, or the payment of cash hereunder is subject to compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including but not
limited to state and federal insider trading, registration, reporting and other securities laws) and such other approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or
advisable in connection therewith. 
  
 10. It is the intent of the
Company that this Deferral Plan satisfy and be interpreted in a manner, that, in the case of Participants who are or may be Section 16 Persons, satisfies any applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or other exemptive rules under
Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not subject Section 16 Persons to short-swing profit liability thereunder. If any provision of this Deferral Plan would otherwise frustrate or conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 10, that
provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict. To the extent of any remaining irreconcilable conflict with this intent, the provision shall be deemed disregarded. Similarly, any action or
election by a Section 16 Person with respect to the Deferral Plan to the extent possible shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid liability under Section 16 or, if this is not possible, to the extent necessary to avoid liability under
Section 16, shall be deemed ineffective. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Deferral Plan, the provisions of this Deferral Plan may at any time be bifurcated by the Board or the Committee in any manner so that certain provisions of
this Deferral Plan are applicable solely to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deferral Plan to the contrary, if a distribution which would otherwise occur is prohibited or proposed to be delayed because of the
provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or the provisions of the Deferral Plan designed to ensure compliance with Section 16, the Section 16 Person involved may affirmatively elect in writing to have the distribution occur in any event;
provided that the Section 16 Person shall concurrently enter into arrangements satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion for the satisfaction of any and all liabilities, costs and expenses arising from this election. 
  
 11. This Deferral Plan, allocations to and from the Company Stock Investment
Option and the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock and/or other securities or property or the payment of cash under this Deferral Plan, are subject to compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations
(including but not limited to state and federal insider trading, registration, reporting and other securities laws and federal margin requirements) and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of
counsel for the Company be necessary or advisable to comply with all legal requirements. Any securities delivered under this Deferral Plan shall be subject to such restrictions (and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the
Company provide such evidence, assurance and representations to the Company as to compliance with any thereof) as counsel to the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements. 
  
 12. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deferral Plan, each Eligible
Employee who is a Section 16 Person and has entered into a Deferral Agreement prior to the initial distribution of a prospectus relating to this Deferral Plan shall be entitled, during a ten-business-day period following the initial distribution of
that prospectus, to make an irrevocable election to (i) receive a distribution of all or any portion of his or her Account Balance attributable to Deferred Compensation for the 1995 Award Year during the seventh month following the month of the
election, or (ii) reallocate all or any part of his or her Account Balance attributable to Deferred Compensation for the 1995 Award Year to a different investment option as of the end of the sixth month following the month of the election.

  
 13. At no time shall the aggregate Account Balances of all
Participants to the extent allocated to the Company Stock Investment Option 

  

 18 

 
exceed an amount equal to the then fair market value of 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, nor shall the cumulative amount of Incentive
Compensation and Long Term Incentive Award payments deferred under this Deferral Plan by all Eligible Employees for all Award Years exceed $250,000,000. 
  
 14. Whenever a signature notice or delivery of a document is required or appropriate under this Deferral Plan, signature, notice or delivery may be
accomplished by paper or written format or, to the extent authorized by the Committee, by electronic means. In the event the Committee authorizes electronic means for the signature, notice or delivery of a document under this Deferral Plan, the
electronic record or confirmation of that signature, notice or delivery maintained by or on behalf of the Committee shall for purposes of this Deferral Plan be treated as if it was a written signature or notice and was delivered in the manner
provided herein for a written document. 
  
 ARTICLE X

  
 EFFECTIVE DATE AND SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL 

 
 This Deferral Plan was adopted by the Board on July 27, 1995 and became
effective upon adoption to awards of Incentive Compensation for the Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 1995 and subsequent fiscal years; provided, however, that with respect to Section 16 Persons, the availability of the Company Stock
Investment Option is conditioned upon the approval of this Deferral Plan by the stockholders of Lockheed Martin Corporation. In the event that this Deferral Plan is not approved by the stockholders, then Section 16 Persons shall not be entitled to
have Deferred Compensation allocated to the Company Stock Investment Option; any prior elections by Section 16 Persons to have allocations made to the Company Stock Investment Option shall retroactively be deemed ineffective, and the Account
Balances of those Section 16 Persons shall be restated as if all of their Deferred Compensation had been allocated to the Interest Option at all times. Subsequent amendments to the Deferral Plan are effective as of the date stated in the amendment
or the adopting resolution. 
  
 This Deferral Plan has been
amended and restated effective as of the date stated on the first page herein. 
  

 19

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00065-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00065-of-00352.parquet"}]]